Troubleshooting Guide

Eaton Gen III Automated

Transmissions
TRTS0930 EN-US
July 2014
UltraShift
AutoShift

Model:
F-5405B-DM3
F-6405B-DM3
FM-14D310B-LST
FM-15D310B-LST
FO-16D313E-LEP
FO-5406B-DM3
FO-6406A-AW3
FO-6406B-AW3
FO-8406A-AW3
FOM-16D313E-LEP
RTLO-14918A-AS3
RTLO-16913L-DM3
RTLO-16918A-AS3
RTO-10910B-DM3
RTO-12910B-AS3
RTO-12910B-DM3

RTO-14910B-AS3
RTO-14910B-DM3
RTO-14910C-AS3
RTO-16910B-AS3
RTO-16910B-DM3
RTO-16910C-AS3
RTO-18910B-AS3
F-5505B-DM3
F-6505B-DM3
RTLO-18918A-AS3
RTLO-20918A-AS3
RTLO-22918A-AS3
RTLOM-16913L-DM3
RTO-10910B-AS3
RTOM-16910B-DM3

TRTS0930

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
General Information
Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Transmission Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Retrieving Fault Codes Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Clearing Fault Codes Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Retrieving Fault Codes with ServiceRanger . . . . . . 6
Clearing Fault Codes with ServiceRanger . . . . . . . . 7
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
To enter PD Mode: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PD Mode works with the following Inactive codes: 11

Pretest Procedures
Electrical Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
TECU Power Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Heavy-Duty Electric Clutch Actuator (ECA) Power
Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Heavy-Duty Electric Clutch Actuator (ECA) Power
Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Preferred +12 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Preferred +24 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
TECU Ignition Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
J1939 Data Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Electrical Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Power-Up Sequence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration . . . . . . . .38
Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device . . . . . . . . .42
Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park
Pawl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park
Pawl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration . . . . . .58
Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) . . . . . . . . . . .62
Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit . . . . .74
Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault . . . . . . . . . .78
Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault . . . . . . . . . . .82

2014.07.30

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch. . . . . .86

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault . . . . . . . . . . .92
Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement . . . . . . . . . . .100
Fault Code 28 - Clutch System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable . . . . . . . . . . .112
Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test. .122
Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . . .126
Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . .132
Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link. . . . . . . .138
Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message . . . . . . . . . . .144
Fault Code 37 - Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage . . . . . . . . . . .156
Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage . . . . . . . . . .162
Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil . . . . . . . .174
Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity
(LCIB) Inertia Brake Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve
184
Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .202
Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .208
Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . .212
Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear . . . . . . . . .234
Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault . . . . . .252
Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected . . . . . . . .260
Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured .268
Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible . . .272
Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Table of Contents

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures

Up/Down Button Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Start Enable Relay Contact Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
J1587 Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Front Box Control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from
Neutral Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from
Neutral Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test . . . . . . . . . . 318
AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Shift Lever Back Light Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Eaton Cobra Lever Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 383

OEM Shift Lever Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Eaton Push Button Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 385
OEM J1939 Shift Input Device Wiring Diagram . 387
Proper Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Check For Proper Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . 388
Confirm Proper Clutch Adjustment and Clutch Brake
Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Clutch Grease Interval Service Procedure . . . . . 390
ServiceRanger Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Operator-Triggered Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Appendix
Connector Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Transmission Controller 38-Way (Vehicle Interface
Connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Push Button Shift Control 30-Way Connector . . 357
Cobra Lever 8-Way Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Transmission Controller 38-Way (Eaton Supplied
Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

ii

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Warnings and Cautions

Warnings and Cautions

!

Warning: Follow the specified procedures in the indicated

order to avoid personal injury

Caution: Follow the specified procedures in the indicated

order to avoid equipment malfunction or damage.
Note: Additional relevant information not covered in the
service procedure.

Ensure adequate fuel level

Sit in the driver's seat

Place shift lever in neutral

Set the parking brake

Place shift lever in neutral

Set the parking brake

Caution: Do not release the parking brake or attempt to

select a gear until the air pressure is at the correct level.

To avoid damage to the transmission during

towing:

Before starting a vehicle:

When parking the vehicle or leaving the cab:

1. Place shift lever in neutral

2. Lift the drive wheels off of the ground or disconnect the driveline
Do not operate the vehicle if Alternator light is lit or if
gauges indicate low voltage.

Before working on a vehicle or leaving the cab

with engine running:

Ensure ignition is off while hands are within the

clutch housing area.

Place shift lever in neutral

Set the parking brake

Block the wheels

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Transmission Models | General Information

TRTS0930

Transmission Models

Heavy-Duty 13-Speed DM3/LEP and 18-Speed AS3

Heavy-Duty 10-Speed AS3/DM3

Medium-Duty 6- and 5-Speed DM3

Medium-Duty 6-Speed AW3

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Diagnostic Procedures

Diagnostic Procedures

Purpose: Observe the transmission gear display.

1. Key on.

Purpose: Confirm that the engine will crank and

start.

1. Attempt to start engine

2. Observe gear display.

Note: An 88 may show up in the dash at key on.
This indicates the Transmission Electronic
Control Unit (TECU) has completed
power-up. If the transmission and gear display power-up at the same time, you may
not see an 88.
If blank gear display, go to Step B.
If - (1 dash) on gear display, go to Step D.
If -- (2 dashes) or ** (2 stars) on gear display, go to Step D.
# (gear number) on gear display
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off and wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn key on.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)

No engine crank, lever is in neutral and gear

display is N (neutral). See Start Enable
Relay Contact Test on page 284.
No engine crank, lever is in neutral and gear
display is blank. See Power-Up Sequence
Test on page 26.. If no problems found, refer
to OEM for gear display problem.
No engine crank and lever is NOT in neutral.
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off and wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn key on.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)
Engine cranks and gear display is blank. Refer
to OEM for gear display problem.
Engine cranks and gear display is N (neutral), go to Step C.

Fault Code F on gear display, go to Step D.

Neutral N on gear display, go to Step B.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Diagnostic Procedures | General Information

TRTS0930

Purpose: Confirm the transmission will engage a

gear from neutral.

1. Engage a gear.

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Check for active fault codes.

Note: AutoShift will not engage a gear from neutral

test. UltraShift will not engage a gear from
neutral test. UltraShift PLUS Product will not
engage a gear from neutral test, or UltraShift
AW3 Clutch Engagement test depending on
transmission type.

Note: If no problem found, refer to OEM for display

problem.
If codes are present, See Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 8.
If no codes and gear display is - (1 dash)
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off. Wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn on key.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)

Unable to engage gear (ie. flashing gear display with down arrows, or solid N).
Solid # (gear number) but no drive. See
Front Box Control Test on page 298. Gear
engaged and drives, go to Step E.

See Front Box Control Test on page 298.

If no codes and gear display is-- (2 dashes)
or ** (2 stars), See Power-Up Sequence
Test on page 26.

Purpose: Drive vehicle and attempt to duplicate a

fault code.

1. Record and clear Inactive fault codes.

2. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset code.
If no codes are present, test complete.
If Inactive transmission component or Fault
Codes, record codes an call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).
If active transmission component or Fault
Codes, See Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 8.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

Retrieving Fault Codes Manually
Retrieve fault codes by enabling the systems self-diagnostic mode.
Note: You can also use a PC- based service tool, such as
ServiceRanger to retrieve fault codes.

6. Observe the sequence of flashes on the service

light and record the codes. A 1- to 2-second pause
separates each stored code, and the sequence
automatically repeats after all codes have been
flashed.

1 Flash

1. Place the shift lever in neutral.

2. Set the parking brake.

SERVICE

3. Turn key on with engine off.

Note: If the engine is already running, you may still
retrieve codes; however, do not engage the
starter if the engine stalls.
4. To Retrieve Active Codes: Key on. Turn key off and
on 2 times within five seconds ending with the key
on. After 5 seconds, the Service light begins flashing two-digit fault codes. If no faults are active, the
service light will flash code 25 (no codes). This is
also the procedure to enter, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11. for details.

Short
pause
(1/2 sec)

Code 13
3 Flashes
SERVICE

SERVICE

SERVICE

Long Pause
(3-4 sec)

Note: An 88 may show up in the dash at key on,

which is a normal power-up test of the display.
2x
off

2 Flashes

on

SERVICE

5. To Retrieve Inactive Codes: Turn key on. Turn the

key off and on 4 times within five seconds ending
with the key in the on position. After 5 seconds, the
Service light begins flashing two-digit fault codes.
If no faults are active, the service light will flash
code 25 (no codes).
4x
off

2014.07.30

SERVICE

Short
pause
(1/2 sec)

Code 21
1 Flash
SERVICE

on

Two digit fault codes will be displayed in the gear

display. Some vehicle may be equipped with a service light.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing | General Information

TRTS0930

Clearing Fault Codes Manually

The following procedure clears all Inactive fault codes from
the TECUs memory. Active fault codes are automatically
cleared when the fault has been corrected.
Note: You may use a PC-based service tool, such as ServiceRanger, to clear fault codes.

Retrieving Fault Codes with

ServiceRanger
This section determines if the TECU is communicating on
the vehicle's J1939 data link and if the component has set
any fault codes. Proper system operation requires the TECU
to communicate with other ECUs on the vehicle's J1939
data link.

1. Place shift lever in neutral.

Note: This procedure requires ServiceRanger 3.0 or later
and an approved RP1210A communications adapter
that supports J1939 communications.

2. Set parking brake.

3. Turn key on with engine off.
4. Turn key off and on 6 times within 5 seconds ending with key on.
6x
off

on

Detecting Components
1. Connect the service PC to the vehicle's 9-way
J1939 diagnostic port connector with an approved
RP1210A communications adapter.
2. Start the ServiceRanger program and verify that a
connection has been established with the vehicle's
J1939 data link.

Note: If the codes have been successfully cleared, the

Service light will come on and stay on for five
seconds. The gear display will show 25 (no
codes).
5. Turn the key off and allow the system to power
down.

If the TECU is not detected by ServiceRanger,

proceed to the Electrical Pretest procedure to
ensure the TECU has power, and that all components are properly connected the vehicle's
J1939 data link.

Viewing Fault Codes

View the Vehicle Fault Codes screen in ServiceRanger and
verify if any Active or Inactive codes have been set.
1. If an Active code is present, record the vehicle fault
information and proceed to Diagnostic Procedure
in this manual for the Active code. Do not clear any
codes at this time.
2. If only Inactive codes are present, record the vehicle fault information and clear all fault codes. Road
test the vehicle to verify proper operation.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

Clearing Fault Codes with ServiceRanger

After all repairs have been made and the system is functioning normally, clear all vehicle codes before placing the vehicle back into service.
Clearing Fault Code
1. Connect the service PC to the vehicle and start ServiceRanger.
2. View the Vehicle Fault Codes screen and select
Clear All.
3. Refresh the screen to verify all Inactive codes have
been cleared, and that no Active codes are present.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information

TRTS0930

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Fault Codes

SPN

11

PID

SID

FMI

Description

629

254

12

No ECU operation

12

629

254

13, 14

Improper ECU configuration

13

751

231

8, 11

J1939 Shift Control device

14
(without Park
Pawl)

751

18, 19

2, 3, 4, 5

Invalid Shift Lever voltage

18, 19

2, 3, 4, 5

Invalid Shift Lever voltage

(will show F in display)

14
(with Park
Pawl)
15

751

18

HIL Shift Device communication

16

625

248

High Integrity Link (HIL)

17

1321

237

3, 4, 14

Start Enable Relay Coil

18

520200

ECA communication

19

520273

CAN ECA message

21

70

70

14

Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

22

563

49

9, 14

ABS CAN message fault

34
248

25

NO CODES

26

522

55

10

Clutch slip

27

788

55

7, 13

Clutch disengagement

28

788

52,55

3, 4, 5, 7

Clutch system

29

969

4, 5

Remote throttle enable

31

1485

2, 3, 4, 5, 14

Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay

(MEIIR)

32

158

43

Loss of Switch Ignition power test

33

168

168

Low Battery voltage supply

34

168

168

14

Weak Battery voltage supply

35

639

231

J1939 communication link

36

639

231

14

J1939 engine message

37

627

251

Power supply

41

768

35

Range failed to engage

41

769

36

Range failed to engage

42

770

37

Splitter failed to engage

42

771

38

Splitter failed to engage

43

768

35

3, 4, 5

Range High Solenoid Valve

43

769

36

3, 4, 5

Range Low Solenoid Valve

44

787

54

3, 4, 5

Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

45

787

54

Intertia Brake performance

46

770

37

3, 4, 5

Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

372
218

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Fault Codes

SPN

46

771

51

60

52

PID

SID

FMI

Description

38

3, 4, 5

Splitter Indirect Solenoid Valve

60

2, 3, 4, 10

Rail Position Sensor

59

59

2, 3, 4, 7

Gear Position Sensor

56

161

161

2, 3, 4, 5,10

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

57

160

160

2, 3, 4, 5

Main Shaft Speed Sensor

58

191

191

2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8

Output Shaft Speed Sensor

61

772

39

1, 5, 6, 12

Rail Select Motor

63

773

40

1, 5, 6, 12

Gear Select Motor

64

788

34

2, 7, 12

ECA fault

65

5052

192

5, 2

ECA Speed Sensor fault

66

520271

34

3, 4

ECA Battery Voltage fault

67

520274

158

3, 4, 5

ECA Ignition Voltage fault

68

520274

227

14

Grade Sensor

68

520321

227

13, 14

Grade Sensor

71

560

60

Unable to disengage gear

72

772

59

Failed to select rail

73

781

58

Failed to engage gear

74

518

93

Engine speed response fault

74

898

190

Engine torque response fault

75*

560

60

14

Power down in gear

81

780

47

Gear engagement detected

83

751

18

14

Shift Lever missing

83

752

19

7, 12

Shift Lever missing

84

751

18

13

Shift Control device not configured

84

752

19

13

Park mechanism not calibrated

85

751

18

12

Shift Control device incompatible

99

781

58

14

Direction mismatch

* This code will only be set Inactive

J1939 Source Address (SA) for Eaton transmissions is 3

J1587 Module Identifier (MID) for Eaton transmissions is 130

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index | General Information

TRTS0930

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index

Symptom

Isolation Procedure

Unable to shift transmission with Up/Down button

Up/Down Button Test

Engine starting system complaint

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

No J1587 communication

J1587 Data Link Test

Gear display shows a dash

Front Box Control Test

AutoShift will not engage a gear from Neutral

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

UltraShift DM will not engage a gear from Neutral

UltraShift DM Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

UltraShift AW3 will not engage a gear from Neutral

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

AutoShift AS3 shift complaint

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

UltraShift DM shift complaint

UltraShift DM Shift Complaint Test

UltraShift AW3 shift complaint

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Shift Lever back light does not work

Shift Lever Back Light Test

UltraShift PLUS will not engage a gear from Neutral

UltraShift PLUS Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral

Test

UltraShift PLUS shift complaint

UltraShift PLUS Shift Complaint Test

10

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

General Information | Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

PD Mode is used to help diagnose Inactive codes that may

have been set during normal driving. This diagnostic mode
increases the sensitivity of the fault sensing capability
This procedure tests loose, degraded and intermittent connections. Use the Active Fault Isolation Procedure to guide
you to the wiring and connectors that are associated with
the Inactive fault codes. Flex the wiring harness and connectors and attempt to recreate the fault after activating PD
Mode.

Note: Active codes set during PD Mode will not be

stored as Inactive.
7. If a fault is detected, exit PD Mode and perform the
corresponding Fault Isolation Procedure.
8. To exit PD Mode, turn the key off.

PD Mode is only to be used by a trained service technician

in an authorized dealer.
This procedure is to be used prior to performing fault isolation procedures for component-type codes when there are
no Active codes present.

If the fault is detected during PD Mode the gear display will display the active fault. The warning tone
will only sound when the fault is active and the tone
will stop when the fault is Inactive. The fault will
stay in the gear display until the system is powered
down.

PD Mode works with the following

Inactive codes:
11, 13, 14, 15,16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, 43,
44, 46, 51, 52, 56, 57, 58, 61, 63, 65, 66, 67, 74, and 99.

To enter PD Mode:
Note: Vehicle will not start in PD Mode. You must turn vehicle key off to exit PD Mode.
1. Vehicle must be stationary, engine off, set vehicle
parking brake.
2. Turn the key off and on 2 times, starting with key
on and ending with key on.
Note: Dash may display an 88 at key on. This is a normal power-up test of the display.
3. The gear display will flash a 25 then a solid PD
(Product Diagnostic Mode) and the mode will be
activated.
4. The service light shall flash code 25 once indicating
no codes. The service light shall then illuminate
solid to indicate PD Mode until such time that an
Active code is detected or PD Mode is exited.
5. Refer to PD Mode section in Fault Isolation procedure for the Inactive fault to be diagnosed.
6. PD will remain in gear display until an active fault
has been set during the PD Mode fault isolation
procedure.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

11

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest
Overview
The pretest does not relate to any specific fault code, but
must be completed before performing Fault Code Isolation
table procedures. The pretest verifies the batteries are fully
charged.
All Generation 3 products require the OEM to supply power
to the Electronic Control Unit (ECU) and to the optional
Electric Clutch Actuator (ECA).

Detection
There is no detection process specifically for the basic electrical supply; however, failures of this type are generally
detected by the transmission or driver as some other type
of fault code or symptom.

Fallback
There is no fallback for the electrical pretest; however, it
may affect other systems.

Possible Causes
The pretest can be used for:

Low batteries

Starter/Battery connections

Main power harness to the Transmission Electronic

Control Unit (TECU)

Additional Tools

12

Basic hand tools

Eaton Test Adapter Kit

Digital Volt/Ohm meter

Troubleshooting Guide

Battery Load tester

ServiceRanger a PC-based service tool

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Component Identification

TECU Power Harness

OEM is responsible for overcurrent protection on this circuit.

1.

J1

2.

1. 30 AMP Fuse
2. TECU Connector (Vehicle Interface)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

13

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Heavy-Duty Electric Clutch Actuator

(ECA) Power Harness
OEM is responsible for overcurrent protection on this circuit. ECA products are 12-volt only.

1.

J1

1. 50 AMP Fuse

14

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Heavy-Duty Electric Clutch Actuator

(ECA) Power Harness
Important: The TECU and ECA must be wired to a
non-switched power source at the battery. If a disconnect
switch is required, the recommended practice is to wait a
minimum of three minutes before using the disconnect
switch.
It is the OEM responsibility to provide power and ground to
the TECU and ECA from the battery which supplies the
starter.
The power (+) connection must include overload protection
per Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, Section
393.31. The TECU main power and ground must be a direct
connection from the battery posts to the TECU connector.
At 120 C, these conductors must be able to carry 30 amps
@ 9 volts with no more than 0.05 ohms per wire (0.1 ohms
total) for a total voltage drop from the battery posts to the
TECU connector not to exceed 3.0 volts. ECA main power
and ground must be able to carry 50 amps @ 9 volts with
no more than 0.025 ohms per wire (.05 ohms total) at 120
C. Duration of the 50 amp current draw will not exceed 20
milliseconds.
The main power 30-amp fuse connection for the TECU must
be identified with a tag at the battery.
The main power 50-amp fuse connection for the ECA must
be identified with a tag at the battery.
The battery positive post and negative post must be disconnected PRIOR to any type of welding on any Fuller Automated Transmission-equipped vehicles.
Removal of fuses is not recommended as the method of
disconnecting power from the ECU. Making and breaking a
circuit through tin plated terminals (e.g. ring terminals,
fuses, most connectors) will destroy the plating on the terminal. Opening a switch contact or the main power link is
the recommended method of interrupting power.
Application of more than 36 volts to the system (such as
jump-starting) will cause system shutdown and possible
electrical component damage.
Do not switch off the battery and ignition power and ground
to the TECU during the engine start process.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

15

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Preferred +12 Volt Connections

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 2
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 2

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK - DUAL JUMPERS TO STARTER
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED BY
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

ONE BATTERY BANK - FOUR BATTERIES

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY PLUS

MAG
RELAY

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK WITH DISCONNECT

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL BY PAIRS - DISCONNECT FOR CAB AND VEHICLE START DISCONNECTED PAIR PROVIDES "DEEP DISCHARGE" CAB COMFORT AND ENTERTAINMENT CAPABILITY.
GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY SET CLOSEST TO STARTER AND COMMON TO CAB POWER

16

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Preferred +12 Volt Connections

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

BATTERY M INUS

VEHICLE BATTERY MINUS

TWO BATTERY BANKS - BATTERY NEGATIVE DISCONNECT SWITCH

BATTERIES ARE DISCONNECTED AT POWER DOWN WHEN VEHICLE STORED INSIDE. GEN 3 POWE R SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY
CLOSEST TO THE STARTER. NEGATIVE CONNECTION AT POINT OF VEHICLE CABLE CONNECTION TO DISCONNECT SWITCH

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

POWER
DISTRIBUTION
MODULE
(POWER BUS AND
OVER CURRENT
DEVICES)
STARTER BATTERY PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL, POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE
STARTER. CABLES SIZE AND LENGTH OPTIMIZED FOR LOW VOLTAGE DROP

CAB BATTERY PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

Starter Battery Plus

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY CONNECTION

GEN 3 POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE STARTER.

CAB BATTERY PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS 1

ONE BATTERY BANK - TWO BATTERIES

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

17

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Preferred +24 Volt Connections

STARTER BATTERY PLUS
2

STARTER BATTERY PLUS

1
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

1

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

2

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES IN SERIES PER BANK - DUAL JUMPERS TO
STARTER
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER
SUPPLIED BY BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY
PLUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS
STARTER BATTERY PLUS
1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MINUS
STARTER BATTERY MINUS
1

ONE BATTERY BANK - FOUR BATTERIES - ONE CABLE PAIR TO STARTER

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER
SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS
AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY
PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MAG
RELAY

PLUS
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS
1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

1

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK WITH DISCONNECT

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS - DISCONNECT FOR CAB AND VEHICLE
START - DISCONNECTED PAIR PROVIDES "DEEP DISCHARGE" CAB COMFORT AND ENTERTAINMENT
CAPABILITY. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY SET CLOSEST TO STARTER AND COMMON TO
CAB POWER

18

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Preferred +24 Volt Connections

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER BATTERY
MINUS
VEHICLE BATTERY
MINUS

BATTERY
MINUS

TWO BATTERY BANKS - BATTERY NEGATIVE DISCONNECT SWITCH

BATTERIES ARE DISCONNECTED AT POWER DOWN WHEN VEHICLE STORED INSIDE. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY
CLOSEST TO THE STARTER. NEGATIVE CONNECTION AT POINT OF VEHICLE CABLE CONNECTION TO DISCONNECT SWITCH

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

PLUS

POWER
DISTRIBUTION
MODULE
(POWER BUS AND
OVER CURRENT
DEVICES)
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MINUS
STARTER BATTERY
MINUS

POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE

BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL, POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE
STARTER. CABLES SIZE AND LENGTH OPTIMIZED FOR LOW VOLTAGE DROP

CAB BATTERY
PLUS
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

PLUS

STARTER

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MINUS

STARTER BATTERY
MINUS

STARTER BATTERY CONNECTION

GEN 3 POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE STARTER.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

19

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

TECU Ignition Circuit

2.

1.
J1

3.

35

4.
37
14

13
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

22
36

1. TECU connector (vehicle interface)

2. 10 AMP only, manual resetting circuit breaker OR
10 AMP fuse
3. Ignition Key Switch
Note: Run to main power lead that feeds the ignition
bus (OEM responsible for overcurrent protection
on this line)
4. TECU Connector (vehicle interface) front view

From

To

J1-35

VIGN

Battery and ignition power and ground to the TECU must

not be switched off during the engine start process.

20

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

J1939 Data Link

3.
J1939 High
J1939 Low

E
F

G
H

+ Battery
C

J1

D
B

10
11

F
G
A

2.
1.

1. TECU connector (vehicle interface)

2. J1587 Data Link
3. 9-Way, for transmission diagnostics

J1939 Troubleshooting
1. Check the resistance of the J1939 Data Link.
2. Key off. Measure resistance between the 9-way
diagnostic connector Pin C and Pin D and record
the reading. The reading should be 60 ohms of
resistance (between 50 and 70.)
3. Check resistance between Pin C and Pin A and the
resistance between Pin D and Pin A. These two
readings should be 10K ohms or greater (open circuit).
Note: Pin C = J1939+, Pin D = J1939-, Pin A is a chassis ground

2014.07.30

If an Inactive data link fault code is being reported

by the TECU, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode
on page 11. PDM should be utilized before any further steps are taken.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

21

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries and ECA (if equipped).

1. Key off.
2. Remove and clean all battery and battery-to-frame
connections.
3. Remove and clean ground supply to engine ECU.
4. Inspect starter/battery and inline 30 amp fuse
holder connections for corrosion or damaged contacts. Also, inspect the 50 amp fuse holder on vehicles equipped with an Electronic Clutch Actuator
(ECA).

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

5. Measure voltage across batteries.

VOLTS

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12- volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24 volt system, refer to OEM
guidelines for battery load test. Repair or
replace batteries as required. Go to Step B.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

Transmission ECU
Batteries

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

30 AMP fuse

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

ground supply to Transmission Electrical Control Unit (TECU). Repeat test.

ECA

B
C

ECA 3-Way
Connector

50 AMP fuse
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to Battery

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

22

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

Warning: Do not load test at the diagnostic port.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, Repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

For non-ECA products, test complete. See
Diagnostic Procedures on page 3. Go to
Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

23

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Measure battery voltage supplied to the

Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA).

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect battery negative.
3. Disconnect ECA 3-way connector.
4. Reconnect battery negative.
5. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C of 3-way
connector.
Transmission ECU

30
29

13 30 29

Terminating
Resistor
E C

E C
B A

Engine Flywheel Speed Sensor

(Eaton Supplied)

B A

ECA

F
G
B
C

F
G

ECA 8-Way
Connector
C

ECA 3-Way
Connector

50 AMP fuse
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to Battery

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

test complete. See Diagnostic Procedures on
page 3.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to ECA. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

24

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

25

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test

Overview
This test does not relate to any specific fault code, but must
be completed if the self check fails at power-up.

Detection
The TECU checks the program memory every time the key
is turned on.

Fallback
This causes an In-Place fallback while moving and a
self-check failure if it occurs during power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

26

Vehicle Harness

Shift Control Device

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Component Identification

4.

1.

2.
VOLUME
CONTROL

3.

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

1. Side view of pushbutton shift control

2. Transmission controller 30-way connector
3. Top view of pushbutton shift control
4. Eaton Cobra Lever

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

27

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Remove and clean all battery and battery-to- frame

connections.
3. Remove and clean ground supply to engine ECU.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning: Do not load test at the diagnostic port.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

4. Inspect starter/battery and inline 30-amp fuse

holder connections for corrosion or damaged contacts.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

5. Measure voltage across batteries.

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to ECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.
If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

28

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Visually identify if the vehicle is equipped

with a shift lever or push button.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Shift Lever?

Purpose: Visually observe the Service light during

key-on power up.

1. Key on.

If vehicle is not equipped with a Shift Lever, go

to Step F.

2. Observe Service light.

Note: If Service light is flashing, go to Diagnostics
Procedure.

If vehicle is equipped with a Shift Lever, go to

Step K.

If Service light illuminates for 1 second and

turns off, test complete.
If Service light never lights, go to Step H.
If Service light is on steady, replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually identify if the push button is an

Eaton built push button or an OEM built J1939
push button.

1. Is it an Eaton Push Button or OEM J1939 Shift

Device?
If an Eaton Push Button Shift Control, go to
Step G.
If an OEM J1939 Shift Device, refer to OEM for
troubleshooting procedures.

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift

Control device.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.
3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage between Pin C1 and Pin J3 on the
Shift Control 30-way.
If voltage is within 1 volt of battery voltage
replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.
If voltage is outside of range, go to Step I.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

29

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Purpose: Verify that a proper ground path is being

supplied to the Shift Control Device through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Visually identify if the shift lever is an Eaton built shift lever or an OEM built shift lever.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Eaton supplied Shift

Lever or an OEM supplied Shift Lever.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

If Eaton Cobra Lever, go to Step L.

3. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness from TECU.

If OEM Shift Lever, go to Step R.

4. Measure resistance between TECU Pin 25 and Shift

Control connector Pin J3 and from then from Pin
J3 to ground.
If resistance from Pin 25 to J3 is
0 to 0.3 ohms and resistance from J3 to
ground is OL / Open, go to Step J.
If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually observe the Service light during

key-on power up.

1. Key on.
2. Observe Service light.
Note: If Service light is flashing, See Diagnostic
Procedures on page 3.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the ignition

voltage supply wire to the Shift Control Device
through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to
ground.

If Service light illuminates for 1 second and

turns off, test complete.
If Service light never comes on, go to Step O.
If Service light is on steady, go to Step M.

1. Measure resistance between TECU Pin 31 and Shift

Control connector Pin C1 and then from Pin C1 to
ground.
If resistance from Pin 31 to C1 is 0 to 0.3
ohms and resistance from C1 to ground is 10K
or OL, replace the TECU. Go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply to the Service

light during key-on power up.

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply to the Service

light during key-on power up.

1. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.

3. Measure voltage at Pin 6 and ground.

3. Key on.

If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage for

one second, then 0 volts, replace the Eaton
Cobra Lever. Go to Step V.

4. Measure voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 6.

If within 1 volt of battery replace Eaton Cobra
Lever, go to Step V.

If voltage is constant, go to Step N.

If voltage is outside of range, go to Step N.

Purpose: - Test the Service light voltage supply for

short to power through the Vehicle Harness.

Purpose: Verify that a proper ground path is being

supplied to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative cable.

1. Key off

3. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness connector.

2. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness connector on

TECU.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 6 and Pin 4.

If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Measure resistance between Pin 3 on the 8-way

connector and Pin 25 on the 38-way connector and
from Pin 25 to ground.

Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K, repair the Vehicle Harness and go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Note: On Peterbilt disconnect Gear Display,

If resistance between Pin 3 and Pin 25 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance from Pin 25 to
ground is OL, go to Step Q.
If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 25 and Vehicle Harness
8-way connector Pin 3. Go to Step V.

31

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the ignition

voltage supply to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply to the Service

light during key-on power up.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Locate Service light connector on Vehicle Harness.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
Vehicle Harness 8-way connector Pin 4
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
ground

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage across Pin A and Pin B on the Service light connector

If resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 4 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin 31 and
ground is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage for

1 second, then 0 volts, test complete.
If no voltage is measured, go to Step S.
If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage
continuously, go to Step T.

Go to Step V.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace the Vehicle Harness between Vehicle
Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and Vehicle
Harness 8-way connector Pin 4. Go to Step V.

32

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the service

light supply wire to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

Purpose: Test for a short to power at the Shift Lever Service light.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way connector.

3. Disconnect 38-way connector.

4. Measure resistance from Pin A of the OEM connector to Pin 23 of the 38-way and from Pin 23 to
ground.

4. Measure voltage across Service light connector Pin

A and Pin B.
If no voltage is measured, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

If resistance from Pin A to Pin 23 is 0 to 0.3

ohms and resistance to ground is 10K or
greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Go to Step V.
If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage,
repair Vehicle Harness as required. Go to Step
V.

Go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness and go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify that the system will properly power

up.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
If Power-Up Sequence Test completes, test
complete.
If Power-Up Sequence Test fails go to Step A.
find error in testing.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

33

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

J1939: SA 3
J1587: MID130

SPN 629
PID

FMI 12
FMI 12

Overview
This fault code indicates an internal failure of the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU).

Detection
The TECU checks the program memory every time the key
is turned on and throughout operation. If the TECU is able
to detect a failure within its own memory, it sets this fault
code.

Fallback
This fault causes a vehicle In Place fallback while moving
and a self-check failure if it occurs during power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

34

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

Component Identification

1.
1. TECU

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

35

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 11 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
If Fault Code 11 is Inactive, test complete.

36

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

37

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

J1939: SA 3

SPN 629

FMI 13,14

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is not reading valid information from memory, including the transmission table and calibration values.

Detection
The TECU checks the configuration every time the key is
turned on. If the transmission is not able to detect the
proper configuration, it sets this fault code.

Fallback
This fault causes a power up no crank.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

38

Improper TECU configuration software

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

Component Identification

1.
1. TECU

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

39

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 12 is Active, Customer - Call
Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357). CSC - Call
Technician Service.
If Fault Code 12 is Inactive, test complete.

40

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

41

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

J1587: MID130
J1939: SA 3

PID 231
SPN751

FMI 8, 11
FMI 8, 11

Overview
This fault indicates communication has been lost, or does
not correspond with the neutral request input from the
J1939 Shift Device.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors
communication with the J1939 Shift Device. If a neutral
request from the J1939 Shift Device does not match the
neutral signal or is not received from the J1939 Shift
Device, Fault Code 13 is set.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift-only fallback. Once the transmission re-engages the start gear, there will be no upshifts
as long as the code is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

42

OEM J1939 Shift Control Device

Vehicle Harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Component Identification

3.

1.
2.
J1

16
17

J1939
4.

5.
1. TECU Connector (vehicle interface)
2. Bulkhead connector located at firewall
3. OEM J1939 Shift Device
4. Battery Power (Non-switches power run to battery
or starter)
5. Switched Power

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

43

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Purpose: Verify continuity of Neutral Request Signal wire

1. Key off.

Purpose: Verify continuity of Neutral Request Return wire

1. Measure resistance between 38-way connector Pin

17 and corresponding OEM pin at J1939 Shift
Device and Pin 17 and ground (see OEM wiring for
correct pin location).

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between 38-way connector Pin
16 and corresponding OEM pin at J1939 Shift
Device and Pin 16 and ground (see OEM wiring for
correct pin location)

OHMS

35

OHMS

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

14

35

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

30

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

36

24

25

26

27

28

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22

J1939

36

J1939

COM

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

38
22

21
36

If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 16

and the corresponding OEM pin and resistance
to ground is 10K ohms or greater, go to Step
B.

If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 17

and the corresponding OEM pin and resistance
to ground is 10K ohms or greater, problem
exists with the J1939 Shift Device, or J1939
Shift Device power, ground or data link wiring.
Contact your OEM for repair strategy. Go to
Step V.

If resistance is out of range, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

If resistance is out of range, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

Go to Step V.

44

34

OHMS

29

33

22

21

OHMS

14

32

13

37

31

38

37

13

30

15

23
13

37

29

37

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 13 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 13 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

45

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
SPN 751

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Eaton
Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors the
signal from the Park Pawl Position Sensor. The transmission monitors both sensor signals, if one signal to the TECU
is out of range the code will set.

Fallback
This fault may cause a downshift only fallback mode. The
transmission will re-engage the start gear when returned to
a stop, but will not upshift as long as the code is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

46

Eaton Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever

Vehicle Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Component Identification

2.

1.
1. Eaton Cobra Lever 8-way connector
2. TECU 38-way connector

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

47

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Purpose: Visually identify the lever type: Eaton or

OEM manufactured.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Eaton supplied Shift

Lever or an OEM supplied Shift Lever?
If Eaton Cobra Lever, go to Step B.

Purpose: Verify continuity of auto mode input wire.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect TECU 38-way connector.

If OEM Shift Lever, contact OEM for troubleshooting procedures.

4. Remove tester from Shift Lever 8-way connector.

5. Measure resistance between:
- ECU 38-way Pin 15 and Shift Lever 8-way connector Pin 1
- ECU 38-way connector Pin 15 and ground
OHMS

Purpose: Install the Shift Lever tester and monitor

Transmission Range in ServiceRanger. Utilize the
Shift Lever Tester to verify transmission-lever interface.

COM

37
1

2
3
4

7
6

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

34

38
21

22
36

OHMS

1. Key off.
V

COM

2. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.

37

3. Connect Shift Lever tester to the 8-way Shift Lever

harness.

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
22

21
36

4. Connect ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool,

to diagnostic port.
If resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 1 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 15 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step D.

5. Key on.
6. Select Monitor Data.
7. Observe transmission range selected.
If transmission range selected equals neutral,
replace Cobra Lever (only if fault code is
Active). Go to Step V.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

repair the OEM Vehicle Harness between the
TECU and the Eaton Cobra Lever.
Go to Step V.

If transmission range selected does not equal

neutral, go to Step C.

48

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Purpose: Verify continuity of manual mode input

wire.

Purpose: Verify continuity of common ground

wire.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between:

- TECU 38-way Pin 16 and Shift Lever 8-way connector Pin 8
- TECU 38-way connector Pin 16 and ground

2. Measure resistance between:

- TECU 38-way Pin 17 and Shift Lever
8-way connector Pin 2
- TECU 38-way connector Pin 17 and ground
OHMS

OHMS

COM

37
1

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

21

29

37

22
36

13

14
35

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

34

38
21

22
36

OHMS

37
13

14
35

2014.07.30

38

OHMS

COM

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

37

38
21

22
36

13

14
35

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

22
36

If resistance between Pin 16 and Pin 8 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 16 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step E.

If resistance between Pin 17 and Pin 2 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 17 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step F.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

repair the Vehicle Harness between the Eaton
Cobra Lever and TECU. Go to Step V.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

repair the Vehicle Harness between the Eaton
Cobra Lever and TECU. Go to Step V.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

49

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Check for short circuits in the shift lever

wiring.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Pin 15 and Pin 16 on the TECU 38-way connector.
- Pin 15 and Pin 17 on the TECU 38-way connector.
- Pin 16 and Pin 17 on the TECU 38-way connector.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery

cable.

14
35

COM

5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

COM

31

32

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

37
13

4. Clear codes, See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

OHMS

OHMS

3. Key on.

30

33

34

38
21

37

22
36

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

7
1

33

34

38
21

22

6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

36

If no codes, test complete.

OHMS

37
13

14
35

COM

If code 14 appears, go to Step A. to find error

in testing.

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

22
36

If code other than 14 appears, See Fault Code

Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

If resistance on all three is 10K ohm or greater,

replace Shift Lever and go to Step V.
If any of the three readings is less than 10K
ohm, repair the Vehicle Harness between the
Eaton Cobra Lever and TECU. Go to Step V.

50

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

51

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl)

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
SPN

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates a possible failure of the Park Pawl
Position Sensor or OEM circuit. The sensor is a 4 wire dual
hall effect device. When troubleshooting an Inactive code
See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors the
signal from the Park Pawl Position Sensor. The transmission monitors both sensor signals, if one signal to the TECU
is out of range the code will set.

Fallback
This fault code will cause the transmission to be stuck in
the last known selected position. If the code comes active
while in gear, the transmission will a down shift only fallback mode. The transmission will re-engage the start gear
when returned to a stop, but will not upshift as long as the
code is Active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

52

Vehicle Harness

Park Pawl Position Sensor

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl)

Component Identification

3.
1.
2.

DEUTSCH
X

15
16

17

31

F2

4.

13

14
35

30

31

32

33

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

37

34

38
22

21
36

1. Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

2. 4-Pin Park Pawl Position Sensor Connector
(DTM06-4S)
3. Park Pawl Position Sensor
4. TECU Connector Front View (Vehicle Interface)

2014.07.30

4-Way Pin#

38-Way PIN#

Type

17

Ground

31

5 Volt Reference

16

Signal 1

15

Signal 2

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

53

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show F in display) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show F in display)

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes,

noting FMI.

Purpose: Perform Park Pawl Position Sensor calibration.

1. Key on.

1. Perform Park Pawl Position Sensor calibration

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the
9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.
3. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is active, go to Step B.

If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step

V.

If Fault Code 14 FMI 3, 4 or 5 is active, go to

Step D.

If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Active, replace Park

Pawl Position Sensor. go to Step V.

If Fault Code 14 is Inactive, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Purpose: Perform Shift Cable Adjustment procedure.

Purpose: Measure voltage at the Park Pawl Position Sensor.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Perform shift cable adjustment procedure per OEM
guidelines.
3. Key on.
4. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect the Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way

connector.
3. Key on.
4. At the Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector,
measure voltage between Pin 1 and Pin 2.

If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step

V.
If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Active, go to Step C.

54

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If 4.5 to 5.5 volts, go to Step E.

If less than 4.5 volts, go to Step G.
If greater than 5.5 volts, Repair the Vehicle
Harness for short to power per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show F in display)

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor signal wire.

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor signal wire.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness

connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness

connector.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 4.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 16 and Pin 3.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 15 and Ground.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 16 and Ground.

If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 15

and Pin 4 and OL (open circuit) between Pin15
and Ground, go to Step F.
If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 15 and Pin 4 or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 15 and Ground, repair Vehicle Harness for
excessive resistance, open or short to ground
per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 16

and Pin 3 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
16 and Ground, replace the Park Pawl Position Sensor. Go to Step V.
If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 16 and Pin 3 or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 16 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

55

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show F in display) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor

ground wire.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor

voltage supply wire.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness

connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness

connector.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin 1.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 2.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Ground.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Ground.

If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 17

and Pin 1 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
17 and Ground, go to Step H.
If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 17 and Pin 1, or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 17 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 31

and Pin 2 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
31 and Ground, (if fault code active) replace
the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.
If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 31 and Pin 2, or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 31 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

56

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show F in display)

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset code.
6. Check for codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete
If Fault Code 14 sets, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than Fault Code 14 sets, See
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

57

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18
SPN 751

FMI 9
FMI 9

Overview
Controller Area Network (CAN) is a high-speed twisted pair
500K proprietary data link with one 120 ohm resistor at
each end of the link. The Transmission Electronic Control
Unit (TECU) is connected to the CAN data link at the 38-way
connector. This link is used to transmit information to the
TECU as well as communicate or receive data from the
other modules on the network like the HIL Shift Device. See
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 15 is set when the TECU fails to receive Shift
Device data for 5 continuous seconds, and it is still communicating with other modules on CAN.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift only fallback while moving.
Once the transmission re-engages the start gear, there will
be no upshifts as long as the code is active. If the code is
active during power-up a flashing F will appear on the gear
display and the TECU will not engage a gear.
Note: If Fault Code 16 is active, follow the Fault Code 16
diagnostic procedure.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

58

CAN data link

HIL Shift Device

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Component Identification
37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
22

21

36

2.

1.

4.

(J1)

3.

(J2)

5.

(J3)
F GH A B C E

C B

F
G

13
30
30
29
29

A
B

A
B

6.

C
E

(J25)

8.

7.

1. TECU

ECA 8-Way

Terminator Resistor
2-Way

Description

J2-E

J25-1(E)

Terminator
Resistor

TECU
38-Way

Terminator Resistor
2-Way

Description

J2-C

J25-2(C)

Terminator
Resistor

ECA 8-Way

Speed Sensor
2-Way

Description

J2-F

J3-1(F)

Speed Sensor (+)

J2-G

J3-2(G)

Speed Sensor (-)

2. ECA 8-Way Connector

3. ECA 3-Way Connector
4. Clutch Housing Speed Sensor
5. ECA
6. Battery power (Non-switched power) run to Battery
7. Terminating Resistor
8. 50 AMP fuse
9. 38-Pin Front Harness View (TECU - Transmission
Harness Connector)
TECU 38-Way

ECA 8-Way

Description

J1-30

J2-A

HIL (+) High

J1-29

J2-B

HIL (-) Low

J1-13

J2-H

IGN

Important: If Fault Code 16 is active, follow the Fault Code

16 diagnostic procedure.

ECA 8-Way

Terminator Resistor
2-Way

Description

J2-C

J25-2(C)

Terminator
Resistor

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

59

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see Electrical Pretest

on page 12.
If no issues are found during the electrical pretest and the fault is still active, go to Step B.
If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

3. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Driving Vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no Fault Codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 15 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 15 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Key off.
2. Locate and remove the terminating resistor that is
wired into the ECA 8-way connector Pin C and Pin
E.
3. Measure resistance between the transmission harness connector Pin 1 and Pin 2.
Note: Make sure the volt/ohm meter is on the
proper scale (around 200 ohm scale).
If resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is
between 50-70 ohms, replace Cobra Lever or
Shift Control and go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

60

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

61

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 248
SPN 625

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is unable to communication with the Push
Button Shift Control and/or the Electronic Clutch Actuator
(ECA).

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the communication with the Push Button
Shift Control and/or ECA. If a communication fault occurs
for more than 5 seconds, Fault Code 16 is set.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift only fallback while moving.
Once the transmission re-engages the start gear, there will
be no upshifts as long as the code is active. If the code is
active during power-up a flashing F will appear on the gear
display and the TECU will not engage a gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

62

Vehicle Harness

TECU

Push Button Shift Control

Charging system

Transmission Harness

ECA

Low batteries

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU or ECA

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Component Identification

28
27

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

HIL Data Link

Shift control
30-way connector

F1
F2

25

J3

31

C1

Vehicle bulkhead
connector
Shift Control ECU Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(28, 27) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring

Transmission ECU

Engine Flywheel Speed Sensor

(Eaton Supplied)

F
G

50 AMP fuse

F
G

ECA 8-Way
Connector

Terminating
Resistor

C
E

C
E

A
B

A
B

ECA 3-Way
Connector

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to Battery

B
C

13
30
30
29
29

ECA

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

63

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes

and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Measure voltage supply to Push Button

Shift Controller (PBSC).

1. Key on.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see Electrical Pretest

on page 12.

3. Measure voltage on 30-way connector Pin J3 and

Pin C1

If no issues are found during the electrical pretest, and:

- equipped with a shift control, go to Step B.
- equipped with an OEM shift device or Cobra
Lever, go to Step J.
If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

Volts

COM

K
J
H
G
F

E
D
C

Purpose: Visually inspect vehicle bulkhead connection (if equipped).

B
A

1. Key off.
2. Inspect Bulkhead Connector for looseness, corrosion and contamination.

64

If Bulkhead Connector is found in serviceable

condition, go to Step C.

If voltage is within 1.2 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.

If looseness, corrosion, or contamination is

found at the Bulkhead Connector, repair or
replace connector per OEM instructions. Go to
Step V.

If out of range, go to Step F.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Measure signal voltages on HIL.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Measure resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 on

the Shift Controller 30-way connector.

3. Measure voltage on the Shift Controller 30-way

connector pins:
- J3 and F1
- J3 and F2

Ohms

COM

Volts

J
H
G
V

COM

K
J
H
G
E

D
C
B
A
E
D
C
B
A
3

Note: Ensure key is off for a minimum of 2 minutes

before proceeding. If unsure, disconnect battery power or remove the 30-amp inline fuse.
If both readings are between 2-3 volts, go to
Step E.
If any of the above requirements are not met,
go to Step H.

If transmission is equipped with an ECA and

resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 is 50-70
ohms, replace Shift Control (only if fault code
is Active). Go to Step V.
If transmission is not equipped with an ECA
and resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 is
110-130 ohms, or if any of the above requirements are not met, go to Step H.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

65

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify continuity of ground supply to

Shift Device and test for short to ground.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of power supply to Shift

Device and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31.
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and
ground.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

Note: On Peterbilt, disconnect Gear Display.
4. Measure resistance between:

OHMS

K
V

COM

OHMS

OHMS

COM

B
A

A
3

A
3

COM

OHMS

1
V

37

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

13

14

38
35

22

21

29

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

34
28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

36

- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin J3 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 25
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin J3 and
ground.
If resistance between Pin J3 and Pin 25 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin J3 and
ground is OL, go to Step G.

If resistance between Pin C1 and Pin 31 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin C1 and
ground is OL, go to Step H.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

66

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL(+) connection to

the Shift Device.

Purpose: Verify continuity of High Integrity Link

(-)connection to the Shift Device.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 27
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and
ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

4. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F1 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 28.
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F1 and
ground.
If resistance between Pin F1 and Pin 28 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin F1 and
ground is OL, go to Step I.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

OHMS

K
J

H
V

COM

E
D

C
B

A
3

OHMS

37
13

14
35

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

34

COM

38
21

22
36

If resistance between Pin F2 and Pin 27 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin F2 and
ground is OL.
- For transmissions without an ECA, (if fault
code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
- For transmissions equipped with an ECA, go
to Step J.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

67

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition supply voltage to the

ECA.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of ignition supply voltage to ECA and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect the ECA 8-way harness connector.

2. Disconnect the transmission 38-way harness connector at TECU.

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage at ECA 8-way harness connector
from Pin H to ground.
ECA 8-Way Connector
Volts

COM

3. Inspect for clean and serviceable 8-way and

38-way connectors, and measure resistance
between:
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 13
and ECA 8-way harness connector Pin H.
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 13
and ground.
OHMS

COM

29

37

If voltage is within 1.2 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step L.

13

14
35

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

31

38
21

22
36

OHMS

COM

If voltage is out of range, go to Step K.

37
13

14
35

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
22

21
36

If connectors are in good repair, and if resistance between Pin 13 and Pin H is 0 to 0.3
ohms, and if resistance between Pin 13 and
ground is OL, (if fault code is Active) replace
the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

68

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Measure HIL signal voltages.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage at 8-way connector between:
- Pin A and ground
- Pin B and ground
Volts

COM

If voltage between Pin A and ground and

between Pin B and ground are 2-3 volts, go to
Step M.
If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step N.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

69

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Key off.
2. Connect 8-way connector.
3. Locate and remove the terminating resistor that is
wired into the ECA 8-way connector Pin C and Pin
E.
4. Measure resistance between transmission harness
connector Pin 1 and Pin 2.
Note: Make sure the volt/ohm meter is on the
proper scale (around 200 ohm scale)
Ohms

COM

If equipped with a Push Button Shift Control

and resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is
50-70 ohms, (if fault code is Active) replace
the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If equipped with a lever or J1939 shift device
and resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is
120-130 ohms, go to Step V.
If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step N.

70

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL(+) connection

and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the transmission 38-way harness connector at TECU.
3. Disconnect the ECA 8-way ECA connector.
4. Inspect for clean and serviceable 8-way and
38-way connectors, and measure resistance
between:
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 29
and ECA 8-way harness connector Pin B.
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 29
and ground.
ECA 8-Way Connector

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
Transmission Harness
38-way Connector

37
13

14

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

35

34

COM

38
21

22
36

OHMS

COM

GROUND
Front View
38-Way Connector
37
13

14
35

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

34

38
21

22
36

If connectors are in good repair, and if resistance between Pin 29 and Pin B is 0 to 0.3
ohms, and if resistance between Pin 29 and
ground is OL, go to Step O.
If any of the above conditions are not met, (if
fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

71

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL(-) connection and

test for short to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between:
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 30
and ECA 8-way harness connector Pin A.
- Transmission 38-way harness connector Pin 30
and ground.
ECA 8-Way Connector

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
Transmission Harness
38-way Connector

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

If Fault Code 16 appears, go to Step A. to find

error in testing.

38
21

22

If code other than 16 appears, See Fault Code

Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

36

OHMS

COM

GROUND
Front View
38-Way Connector
37
13

14
35

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

34

38
21

22
36

If resistance between Pin 30 and Pin A is 0 to

0.3 ohms, and if resistance between Pin 30
and ground is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.
If any of the above conditions are not met, (if
fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
and go to Step V.

72

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

73

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 237
SPN 629

FMI 3, 4
FMI 3, 4

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the relay that
allows the engine to start after startup conditions are met.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
The start enable relay has no fallback; however, if the failure
occurred before the engine was started, it is possible the
engine will not start.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

74

Start Enable Relay

Vehicle Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Component Identification

26
32
4

Run to
starter solenoid

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Run to start
signal from
ignition switch

30
87
86
85

Start
enable relay

Trans ECU Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(30, 87) = Switched ignition
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

75

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Purpose: Verify SER is correctly wired. Check for

active or Inactive fault codes, noting FMI.

1. Key on.

Purpose: Measure resistance of SER through the

Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

Note: The SER must be wired according to Eaton

GEN III requirements (shown on previous
page) for tests to work properly. If wired differently, consult OEM for correct wiring schematic.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 32 and Pin 4 and measure
resistance between Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 32 and ground.
OHMS

3. What FMIs are present?

37

If FMI 14 is present, go to Step B.

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
22

21
36

If FMI 3 or 4 are present, go to Step C.

OHMS

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Purpose: Visually inspect SER wiring.

1. Inspect OEM SER breakout connector and inspect

for misrouted or defective OEM wiring. Inspect per
OEM guidelines.
If SER breakout connector is not connected to
SER, repair/replace SER per OEM guidelines.
Go to Step V.

If resistance between Pin 32 and Pin 4 is 40 to

120 ohms (12-volt system) or 140 to 480
ohms (24-volt system) and resistance between
32 and ground is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

If circuit has been bypassed, rewire per OEM

guidelines. Go to Step V.
If harness is defective, repair the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

76

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Purpose: Measure resistance of SER at the relay.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Remove SER from vehicle dash harness.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between SER Pin 85 and Pin

86.

2. Reconnect all connectors and negative battery

cable.
3. Key on.

OHMS

87
86

87a

4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

85
V

COM

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

30

6. Check for codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

If no codes, test complete.

If resistance is 40 to 120 ohms (12-volt system) or 140 to 480 ohms (24-volt system),
repair/replace OEM wiring from TECU to SER.
Go to Step C.

If Fault Code 17 appears, go to Step A. to find

error in testing.
If fault code other than 17 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

If resistance is outside of range, replace SER.

Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

77

Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 254
SPN 520200

FMI 9
FMI 9

Overview
The Electric Clutch Actuator (ECA) controls the position of
the clutch assembly. The ECA communicates with the
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) over the proprietary Controller Area Network (CAN) data link to change
position, show faults or include other operation information. When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See Product
Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 18 is set when the ECA loses communication on
the CAN data link for 2 seconds.

Fallback
The ECA will either maintain current clutch position or move
to the last position commanded by the TECU. Upon
approaching idle, the clutch will open and remain in this
state. If the fault occurs at power-up, the vehicle will not
crank.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

78

CAN data link from the ECA to the link

ECA

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault

Component Identification

ECU

2014.07.30

ECA

CAN - Low (Vehicle)

27

2B

CAN - Low

CAN - High (Vehicle)

28

2A

CAN - High

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

79

Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive codes, noting

FMI.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
3. What FMIs are present?
If Fault Code 18 (FMI 9) is Active, See Fault
Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault on
page 82.
If Fault Code 18 (FMI 9) is Inactive, test complete, go to Step V..

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 18 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 18 appears, see Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

80

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 18 - ECA Communication Fault

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

81

Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 248
SPN 520273

FMI 9
FMI 9

Overview
The High Integrity Link (HIL) is a Controller Area Network
(CAN) high-speed proprietary data link to communicate
between the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU),
Electric Clutch Actuator (ECA), and if equipped, Eaton Push
Button Shift Control (PBSC). The TECU is connected to the
HIL through the transmission harness, and to the ECA and
the OEM interface Vehicle Harness to the PBSC.

Detection
Active Fault Code 19 is set when the TECU fails to communicate with the ECA for 2.5 seconds.

Fallback
If the code is active during power-up, the engine will crank
and start, but the TECU will not engage a gear. If the fault
occurs while driving, the ECA will either maintain current
clutch position or move to the last position commanded by
the TECU. An F will appear in the gear display and the service light will blink.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

82

OEM ECA power/ground supply

Transmission harness

ECA

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault

Component Identification
37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
22

21

36

2.

1.

4.

(J1)

3.

(J2)

5.

(J3)
F GH A B C E

C B

F
G

13
30
30
29
29

A
B

A
B

6.

C
E

(J25)

8.

7.

TECU
38-Way

ECA
8-Way

Description

J1-30

J2-A

HIL (+) High

J1-29

J2-B

HIL (-) Low

J2-C

Terminator Resistor

J2-D

NOT USED

J2-E

Terminator Resistor

J2-F

Speed Sensor (+)

J3-1(F)

J2-G

Speed Sensor (-)

J3-2(G)

J2-H

IGN

J1-13

2014.07.30

Speed Sensor
2-Way

Terminator Resistor
2-Way

J25-2(C)

J25-1(E)

Important: If Fault Code 16 is Active, See Fault

Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) on page 62.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

83

Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Locate and remove the terminating resistor that is

wired into the ECA 8-way connector Pin C and Pin
E.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see Electrical Pretest

on page 12.
If no issues found during electrical pretest and
fault is still active, go to Step B.

3. Measure resistance between transmission harness

connector Pin 1 and Pin 2.

If issue was repaired during the electrical pretest, go to Step V.

Note: Make sure the volt/ohm meter is on the

proper scale (around 200 ohm scale).
If equipped with a Push Button Shift Control
and resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is
50-70 ohms, replace the Electronic Clutch
Actuator (ECA) . Go to Step V.
If equipped with a Lever or J1939 Shift Device
and resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is
110-130 ohms, replace the Electronic Clutch
Actuator (ECA) . Go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range, (if fault code
is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

84

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 - CAN ECA Message Fault

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 19 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 19 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

85

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 254
SPN 70

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
An auto neutral feature is provided with this transmission
which forces the transmission into neutral in all instances
when the parking brake is applied. The OEM installs a normally closed T pressure switch into the existing air line to
the parking brake valve. The pressure switch output and
return wires are connected to the vehicle interface transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) connector. Consult
OEM for switch location.
This fault code indicates a failure of the switch that reports
engagement of the park brake. When troubleshooting an
Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on
page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 21 is set if the switch indicates the park brake is
set while the truck is moving for more than 5 seconds, or if
the switch state doesn't match the state broadcast on
J1939, or if the switch is unstable for more than 5 seconds.

Fallback
Remote throttle is disabled, and auto neutral may not work.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

86

Park brake switch

Park brake wiring

TECU

Park brake hardware not installed

J1939 reporting error

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Component Identification
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

37
14

13
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

Description

From

To

Pressure Switch Signal Wire

Pin 19

Signal Wire

Pressure Switch Return Wire

Pin 33

Return Wire

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

22
36

87

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Remove Park Brake Switch and monitor

Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see Electrical Pretest

on page 12.

3. Disconnect the switch.

4. Connect power and key on.
Status changes to released, repair or replace
switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.

If no issues found during electrical pretest and

the fault is still active, go to Step B.

Status remains Applied, go to Step D.

If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,

go to Step V.

Purpose: Monitor park Brake Switch in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Check for short circuits on Park Brake

Switch Input wiring.

1. Key off.
1. Ensure vehicle park brake is set and vehicle air system is fully charged.
2. Using the Data Monitoring function in ServiceRanger, note the status of the park brake.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness TECU 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 19 and ground.

Brake is applied, go to Step C.

If resistance between Pin 19 and ground is

less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

Brake is released, go to Step E.

Brake is fluctuating between applied and
released, go to Step G.
Note: If Fault Code 21 goes Inactive when park brake is
released, a J1939 reporting error is highly probable.
Seek OEM assistance before proceeding to Step C.

If resistance between Pin 19 and ground is

greater than 10K ohm or open, (if fault code is
Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

88

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Purpose: Jump the Park Brake Switch and monitor

Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Brake switch

status in ServiceRanger.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Bypass the switch by placing a jumper at the switch

connections.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness TECU 38-way connector.

4. Connect power and key on.

4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness

38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 19.

Status changed to Applied, repair or replace

switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.
Note: The requirement is for a normally
closed switch. If the park brake status
consistently reports contrary values, a
normally open switch was possibly
installed in error.
Status remains Released, go to Step F.

If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms, repair

the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to
Step V.
If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, (if fault code is
Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

89

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Monitor Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery

cable.

3. Disconnect the switch.

3. Key on.

4. Connect power and key on.

Status changed to Released, repair or replace
switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.
Status continues changing states, go to Step
H.

4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code.
6. Check for codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 21 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.

Purpose: Check for short circuits in the shift lever

wiring.

If fault code other than 21 appears, See Fault

Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 19 and measure
the resistance between Pin 19 and ground.
If resistance between Pin 33 and ground or
between Pin 33 and Pin 19 is less than 10K
ohm, repair the Vehicle Harness per OEM
guidelines. Go to Step V.
If resistance between Pin 33 and ground and
between Pin 33 and Pin 19 are OL, (if fault
code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

90

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

91

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 254
SPN 563

FMI 9, 14
FMI 9, 14

Overview
J1939 is a high-speed twisted pair 250K baud data link with
one 120 ohm resistor at each end of the link. The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is connected to the
J1939 data link at the 38-way vehicle connector. This link is
used to transmit information to the TECU as well as communicate or receive data from the other modules on the
network like the ABS module. When troubleshooting an
Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on
page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 22 is detected if J1939 communication from the
ABS is lost for 5 seconds and other devices are present on
J1939.

Fallback
No Fallback mode; however, Hill Start Aid (HSA) will not
function, and the system may attempt a shift during wheel
slip events.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

92

J1939 datalink

ABS module

ABS module does not support HSA or is not

configured with HSA

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

Component Identification
Transmission ECU

+J1939

J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

ABS ECM
A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness

(OEM supplied)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

93

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Contact the vehicle OEM for further directions.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector
If Fault Code 22 is Active, repair ABS module
or data link per OEM guidelines.
If Fault Code 22 is Inactive, test complete.

94

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

95

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 55
SPN 522

FMI 10
FMI 10

Overview

DM Clutch Fallback

This fault code indicates the clutch is not performing as

expected. The transmission controller detected excessive
clutch slip. This fault can occur with both data link Mechanical (DM) and Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) clutch models.

This fault causes a downshift only fallback. Once the vehicle

is stopped, starting gear and reverse gear can be engaged;
however, the fault will clear at power down. Upshifts will be
allowed until the fault is detected again.

If troubleshooting a DM Clutch or medium-duty ECA clutch,

go to Step A. If troubleshooting a heavy-duty ECA clutch,
go to Step B..

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Worn or damaged clutch

Detection

Cams wont adjust

When the transmission is in gear and the clutch is fully

engaged, engine speed and input shaft speed are compared. If the engine speed is significantly different from the
input shaft speed for a period of one to two seconds, the
fault code is set.

Clutch abuse

Low clutch torque

Contaminated clutch disks

Clutch Slip Testing

Additional Tools

Clutch jack

Note: If slip is occurring shortly after clutch greasing, disk

contamination is likely. This is a temporary condition
and should subside within a few days.
Note: It is recommended that the pilot bearing and LCIB be
replaced whenever the clutch is replaced.
Note: Refer to Installation Guide TRIG1110 for a list of recommended pilot bearings.
Note: Secondary clutch failures resulting from conditions
such as pilot bearing failures, excessive torsional
vibration, or clutch abuse, are not covered under
warranty.
Note: Record Vehicle Performance Analysis every time a
clutch is replaced.

Fallback
ECA Clutch Fallback
There is no fallback mode; however, if the clutch is slipping
the TECU will request a decrease of engine torque for the
duration of the slip event.

96

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

Component Identification
Driven Disc

Driven Disc and

Intermediate Plate

Clutch Assembly

DM Clutch

Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch

Medium-Duty ECA Clutch

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

97

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

Purpose: Drive vehicle under load above 1500

RPM. Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Visually inspect the position wear indicator tab on clutch.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Check the position wear indicator tab located in

clutch cover assembly.

3. Drive vehicle under load in highest gear possible

with engine speed above 1500 RPM. At a steady
speed, quickly and fully press and hold the throttle.
If Fault Code 26 is Active, replace clutch. Go to
Step V.
If Fault Code 26 is Inactive, test complete. Go
to Step V.

If tab is in the worn position, pull VPA and

replace clutch (only if slipping complaint is
confirmed). Go to Step V.
If tab is not in the worn position, go to Step D.

Purpose: Monitor Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta

in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.
2. Using ServiceRanger Data Monitor, view Inertia
Brake Touch Point Delta.
If the Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta is greater
than 27 degrees (0.700"), go to Step C.
If less than 27 degrees and a slipping compliant is confirmed, pull VPA and replace Clutch.
Go to Step V.
If less than 27 degrees and the clutch release
bearing and cross shaft were recently lubricated, pull VPA, clear codes and road test.
If a slip compliant and fault code reset, replace
clutch. Go to Step V.

98

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

Purpose: Perform ECA clutch reset procedure.

1. Key off.

Note: The Open Clutch command can only be performed while the engine is running.
2. Perform the ECA clutch reset procedure. See publication CLSM0200.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery

cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

If reset procedure was successful, go to Step

V.
If reset procedure was not successful, pull
VPA and replace clutch (only if slipping complaint is confirmed). Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

Warning: Ensure ignition is off before placing

hands within the clutch access opening, and ensure
hands are removed from the clutch access opening
while ignition is cycled on. The clutch will automatically close when the ignition is cycled to on.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If no fault codes, test complete.

If fault code 26 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 26 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

99

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 55
SPN 788

FMI 7, 13
FMI 7, 13

Overview

Clutch Disengagement Test

The fault code indicates that the clutch has not disengaged
as expected. This fault can occur with both Data-link
Mechanical (DM) and Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
clutch models.

Detection
DM Clutch Fault Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
engine RPM and idle torque from the engine. If the engine
speed falls significantly below idle or engine torque rises
significantly above idle torque upon engaging a start gear,
the fault is set. If the vehicle is brought to a stop when in
gear and engine speed falls significantly below idle, the fault
is set.
Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch Fault Detection

Note: It is recommended that the pilot bearing and LCIB be

replaced whenever the clutch is replaced.
Note: Refer to Installation Guide TRIG1110 for a list of recommended pilot bearings.
Note: Secondary clutch failures resulting from conditions
such as pilot bearing failures, excessive torsional
vibration or clutch abuse are not covered under warranty.
Note: Record Vehicle Performance Analysis every time a
clutch is replaced
When troubleshooting a DM Clutch go to Step A.. When
troubleshooting a heavy-duty ECA Clutch go to Step B..
When troubleshooting a medium-duty ECA Clutch go to
Step G..

Clutch is commanded open, and after the Low Capacity

Inertia Brake (LCIB) is applied with a speed separation of
less than 50 RPMs between engine and input shaft for one
second.

Fallback

When transmission is in gear and clutch is commanded to

open, engine torque is larger than 296 lb-ft (400 Nm) but
engine torque command is less than 0 lb-ft (0 Nm), and
engine speed is below idle speed 100 RPM, and speed separation of less than 50 RPM between engine speed and
input shaft speed for one second.

Possible Causes

Release bearing travel is below allowable limit.

Note: In UltraShift PLUS transmissions, Fault Code 27 will
be active after a new ECU is installed. Press the service brake and start the engine to initiate clutch calibration. The calibration will take approximately 50
seconds and Fault Code 27 will go Inactive upon
completion.

100

No gear engagement from neutral if the truck is stationary;

however, if the TECU determines the vehicle is moving, it
will allow a gear engagement from neutral.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Failed clutch

Clutch over-adjusted

Clutch thermal abuse

Drive Disc Assembly over-speed

Pilot Bearing failure

Input shaft wear

Lack of lube in Release Bearing and Bushing

Additional Tools

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Clutch jack

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Component Identification
Driven Disc

Driven Disc and

Intermediate Plate

Clutch Assembly

DM Clutch

Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch

Medium-Duty ECA Clutch

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

101

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Purpose: Monitor and compare engine speed to

transmission input shaft speed in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Perform ECA Clutch Reset procedure.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Perform the Fuller ECA Clutch Reset procedure.

See publication CLSM0200.

3. Confirm transmission is in neutral.

4. Raise engine speed above 1500 RPM and allow
engine to return to idle.

If the reset was unsuccessful, pull VPA data

and replace clutch (only if Fault Code 27 is
Active). Go to Step V.

5. Compare engine RPM to input shaft RPM with ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool.

The reset was successful, go to Step V.

Note: Engine idle must be 700 RPM or lower.

If the speeds match at idle and Fault Code 27 is
Active, replace the clutch.
If they do not match, test complete.

Purpose: Visually inspect Position Wear Indicator

Tab on clutch.

1. Key off.

Purpose: Monitor Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta

in ServiceRanger.

2. Check the Position Wear Indicator Tab located in

clutch cover assembly.

1. Key on.
2. Using ServiceRanger Data Monitor, view Inertia
Brake Touch Point Delta.

Warning: The Open Clutch command can only

be performed while the engine is running.
Ensure ignition is off before placing hands within
the clutch access opening. Ensure hands are
removed from the clutch access opening while
ignition is cycled on. The clutch will automatically
close with key on.
If the Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta is less
than 16 degrees (0.415"), go to Step C.

If the tab is in the worn position, pull VPA and

replace clutch (Only if Fault Code 27 is active).
Go to Step V.
If the tab is not in the worn position, go to
Step E.

If greater than 16 degrees, go to Step D.

102

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Purpose: Retrieve and store VPA data using ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Visually inspect clutch for signs of abuse

or wear.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Using ServiceRangers Advanced Product Functions, pull VPA and record maximum input shaft
speed.

2. Visually inspect for signs of damage or failure.

If maximum input shaft speed is 3500 RPM

(367 rad/sec) or higher, pull VPA and replace
clutch (Only if Fault Code 27 is Active). Go to
Step V.
If maximum input shaft speed is less than
3500 RPM (367 rad/sec), go to Step F.

If unsure if release bearing is fully lubed,

grease in accordance with CLSM0200. Go to
Step V.
If physical signs of failed or damaged clutch,
or release bearing found, pull VPA and replace
clutch (only if Fault Code 27 is Active). Go to
Step V.
If signs of thermal abuse such as blued or
warped discs are found, pull VPA and replace
clutch. Go to Step V.
If evidence of a failed or seized pilot bearing
found, replace pilot bearing per OEM instructions and any other damaged parts. Go to Step
V.
Note: Refer to Installation Guide, TRIG1110,
for a list of recommended pilot bearings.
If found excessive input shaft spline or bushing wear, replace Input Shaft and any other
damaged parts. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

103

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually inspect Release Bearing assembly.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Launch vehicle and attempt to duplicate

the fault code.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Remove Electric Clutch Actuator from clutch housing.

2. Start engine.

3. Verify release bearing assembly is attached to

clutch assembly and functional.

3. Launch vehicle and drive until 6th gear is obtained.

Then slow down to a stop.
4. Repeat the launch five times.

If the release bearing is not attached to the

clutch assembly, replace clutch. Go to Step V.

If Fault Code 27 is Active, replace the clutch.

Go to Step V.

If the release bearing is attached to the clutch

assembly and functional, go to Step H.

Purpose: confirm free mechanical movement of

the cross-shaft and yoke assembly.

1. Key off.

If Fault Code 27 is not active, test is complete.

Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Attempt to rotate the cross-shaft and yoke assembly by hand.

If the cross-shaft assembly rotates by hand
from the release bearing to the transmission
case, replace the . Go to Step I.
If the cross-shaft assembly does not rotate by
hand, replace the Release Yoke and
Cross-shaft(s). Go to Step H.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery

cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5
If Fault Code 27 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 27 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

104

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

105

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 52, 55
SPN 788

FMI 3, 4, 5, 7
FMI 3, 4, 5, 7

Overview
This fault code indicates either an electrical or mechanical
failure in the WetClutch system.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors
this circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.
When the WetClutch is locked after urge to move, engine
speed and input shaft speeds are compared. If the engine
speed is significantly higher than the input shaft speed for a
period of five seconds, the WetClutch is slipping.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode; however, if the failure mode is
open circuit, the engine will be disengaged from the input
shaft.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

106

TECU

Transmission Harness

Low fluid level

WetClutch system

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Component Identification
Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

WetClutch Fluid
WetClutch System

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

107

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Purpose: Check WetClutch fluid level.

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Clutch Lube Solenoid circuit.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Place the transmission in neutral.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Allow engine to idle at 700-800 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes.

3. Disconnect the TECU 30-way connector.

Note: Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60

to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees C).

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3 and
between Pin 2 and ground.

4. Check WetClutch fluid level.

OHMS

If fluid level is at or above the COLD-FULL

mark, go to Step B.

37
13

14
35

If fluid level is below the COLD-ADD mark,

Correct fluid level, go to Step V..

29

30

COM

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

34

20

10

11

12

38
22

21
36

OHMS

COM

Ground

37
13

14
35

29

30

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

34

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If the resistance between 2 and 3 is 6.5 to 9.5

ohms and is resistance from Pin 2 to ground is
OL, go to Step C.
If resistance is outside of range, go to Step D.

108

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Purpose: Verify continuity of Clutch Solenoid circuit.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 13 and Pin 14 and
between Pin 13 and ground.
OHMS

COM

29

37
13

14

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

35

30

31

Purpose: Verify continuity of hydraulic manifold

circuits.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness located on left

side of WetClutch housing.
2. Measure resistance between WetClutch housing
connector pins:
- 3 and 4
- 1 and 2

38

OHMS

OHMS

22

21
36

COM

COM

OHMS

COM

Ground
37
13

14
35

29

30

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 13 and Pin 14 is 8.5

to 12 ohms and resistance from Pin 13 to
ground is [OL], Replace Transmission (Only if
fault code is Active). Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
D.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If the resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is 8.5

to 12 ohms and the resistance between Pin 3
and Pin 4 is 6.5 to 9.5 ohms, go to Step E.
If resistance is outside of range, replace transmission, Go to Step V.

109

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Test the hydraulic manifold wiring for

short circuits.

1. Measure resistance between WetClutch housing

connector pins:
- 3 and ground
- 1 and ground

COM

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.

OHMS

OHMS

Purpose: Verify repair.

COM

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

6. Check for codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

GROUND

GROUND

If no codes, test complete.

If code 28 appears go to Step A. to find error
in testing.

If resistance from Pin 3 to ground and Pin 1 to

ground is 10K ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

If code other than 28 appears, See Fault Code

Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, Replace
Transmission. Go to Step V.

110

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

111

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 372
SPN 969

FMI 4, 5
FMI 4, 5

Overview
This fault indicates an electrical failure of the relay that
allows the remote throttle to operate. The relay and wiring
are installed by the OEM. When troubleshooting an Inactive
code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11. for
more information on troubleshooting Inactive codes.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the circuit. The fault is set if the TECU detects a bad
(open/short) connection for 2 seconds in the wiring from
the TECU to the relay.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode associated with this fault, but the
remote throttle will either not work or always work when
this fault is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

112

Remote Throttle relay

Harness

TECU

Software misconfiguration

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Component Identification
Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

Front View
Relay connector
30

86

87a

85

REMOTE THROTTLE
CONTROL SWITCHES
(SET/RESUME)

87

TO ENGINE OR BODY
CONTROLLER CRUISE
CONTROL INPUT

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

113

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Purpose: Verify Remote Throttle Enable is functioning per OEM requirements.

1. Follow OEM troubleshooting guidelines to ensure

the Remote Throttle Enable Relay has not failed.
If relay is functional, go to Step B..

Purpose: Test the Remote Throttle Relay circuit for

shorts to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

If relay is not functional (faulted), test complete. Go to Step V.

4. Measure the resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector Pin 24 and ground.
If the resistance between 24 and ground is OL.
(If fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes,

noting FMI

1. Key on.

Go to Step V.
If resistance is out of range, repair the Vehicle
Harness. Go to Step V.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
3. What FMIs are present?
Note: The Remote Throttle Enable relay must be
wired according to Eaton Gen 3 requirements
(shown on previous page) for tests to work
properly. If wired differently, consult OEM for
correct wiring schematic.
If FMI 4 is present, go to Step C.
If FMI 5 is present, go to Step D.

114

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Remote throttle

relay circuit.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Key on.

4. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness from the Throttle

Enable Relay.

4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

5. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector way 24 and way 86 of the Throttle Enable relay connector.

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, (if fault code is

Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

If no codes, test complete.

If Fault Code 29 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 29 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

Go to Step V.
If resistance is out of range, repair the Vehicle
Harness and go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

115

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 218
SPN 1485

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 14
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 14

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the MEIIR
circuit.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
The fault is detected during power-up. The Transmission
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks the MEIIR circuit
every time the system is powered up. If the electrical characteristics of the circuit are incorrect, the fault code is set.

Fallback
There is no fallback associated with this failure. However, if
the engine speed flares uncontrollably while the transmission is in a gear, the transmission may not be able to
achieve neutral if it is selected due to a torque lock condition.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by an of the following:

116

OEM wiring

Mechanical failure in the MEIIR relay

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

22

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

21
20

10 AMP
fuse
30
86
85
87
87a

Ignition
Interrupt
Relay

Run to
Ignition

Engine ECM

Ignition Interrupt Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(30, 87a) = +12 volt switched
(20-87)
87) = Signal
Sig
(20(21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86) = +12 volt relay source

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

117

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of Momentary Engine

Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) circuit and test for
short to ground through Vehicle Interface Harness.

Purpose: Verify continuity of MEIIR contact wire

and test for short to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Vehicle

Harness 38-way connector Pin 20 and MEIIR relay
connector Pin 87 and from MEIIR relay connector
Pin 87 to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect TECU Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

4. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector pins 21 and 22 and from Pin 21
to ground.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

30

86

87a

COM

Front View
Relay connector

85

OHMS
87

Ground

OHMS

13

14
35

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

34

22

37

36

13

OHMS

13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

85

87

38
21

14
35

37

87a

Front View
38-Way Connector

29

86

Front View
38-Way Connector

37

30

COM

29

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

30

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

32

38
22

21
36

38
21

If resistance between pins 20 and 87 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin 87 and
ground is OL, go to Step C.

22
36

If resistance between pins 21 and 22 is 40 to

120 ohms (24 volt system) and resistance
from Pin 21 to ground is OL, go to Step B.

If resistance is outside of the range, repair the

Vehicle Harness between the TECU and the
MEIIR relay connector. Go to Step V.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step D.

118

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Purpose: Test the MEIIR relay for shorts to ground

at the relay.

Purpose: Measure resistance across MEIIR relay.

1. Disconnect MEIIR relay from connector

1. Remove MEIIR relay from OEM dash harness.

2. Key on.

2. Measure resistance between MEIIR relay pins 85

and 86.

3. Measure voltage from Pin 30 of the MEIIR relay

connector to ground.

OHMS

VOLTS
V

COM

COM

Ground
30

30

86

87a

86

87a

85

87

85

87

Front View
Relay connector

Front View
Relay connector

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage

replace MEIIR relay. Go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range repair the Vehicle
Harness. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If resistance is 40 to 120 ohms (12 volt system) or 140 to 480 ohms (24 volt system)
repair OEM wiring from the TECU to the MEIIR
relay. Go to Step V.
If resistance is outside of range replace MEIIR
relay. Go to Step V.

119

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

on page 5.

2. Key on.

If Fault Code 31 is Active, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 31 is Inactive, go to Step V.

TRTS0930

3. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 31 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 31 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

120

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

121

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 43
SPN 158

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates a loss of Switched Ignition Power
to the Transmission Electronic Control Unit.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
The TECU monitors Ignition Power during normal operation. If Ignition power is lost to the TECU during operation a
fault is logged.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback while moving.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

122

Ignition switch is turned off during operation

Ignition power is lost during operation

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Component Identification

10 AMP 12 volt only

Manual resetting Or
circuit breaker
35

10 AMP
fuse

Ignition power (switched power)

run to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

123

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Purpose: Measure batter voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse, power, ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and inline fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

VOLTS

COM

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way

4-Pin Diagnostic Port

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage between Pin C and battery negative

post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

124

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step V.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset codes.

2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If code 32 is Inactive, This code indicates a
loss of ignition switched power to the TECU
during operation. Verify the key was not turned
off during operation. Inspect ignition circuit for
intermittent open.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

125

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 168
SPN 168

FMI 4
FMI 4

Overview
This fault code indicates that the vehicle battery power supply to the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is
below 7 volts.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly measures vehicle voltage. If voltage is below 7 volts
for more than 1 second, Fault Code 33 will be set and the
service light will flash.

Fallback
If this fault occurs while moving, it causes a 1-speed fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, the starting gear and
reverse can be engaged

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

126

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU

Low batteries

Damaged Vehicle Harness

TECU

Charging system

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Component Identification

Batteries
Vehicle
Charging
System

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

127

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and

in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries, charging system as required. Repeat
this step.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

128

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

129

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 33 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 33 is Inactive, clear codes and go
to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 33 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 33 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

130

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

131

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 168
SPN 168

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault indicates the vehicle is supplying weak battery
voltage to the transmission for 10 seconds.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
vehicle voltage. If voltage is below 9 volts for more than 10
seconds, Fault Code 34 will be set. The service light will not
flash.

Fallback
If this fault occures while moving, it causes a 1-speed fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, the starting gear and
reverse can be engaged

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

132

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU

Low batteries

Damaged Vehicle Harness

TECU

Charging system

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Component Identification

Batteries
Vehicle
Charging
System

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

133

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries, charging system as required. Repeat
this step.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage between is 0.70 volts or less, go to

Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

134

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

135

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 34 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 34 is Inactive, clear codes. Go to
Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 34 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 34 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

136

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

137

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 231
SPN 639

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) failed to communicate with the engine over
the J1939 data link.
If you have an Active Fault Code 35 with an UltraShift DM
transmission and the engine will crank but not start, please
check the OEM supplied MEIIR (Momentary Engine Ignition
Interrupt Relay) circuit. Ensure that the engine has proper
ignition voltage.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Seventy-five seconds after key-on and throughout the operation, the TECU constantly monitors the communication
with the engine ECM. If a communication fault occurs for
more than 5 seconds, and no other devices are present,
Fault Code 35 is set.

Fallback
If the fault occurs during power-up the transmission will go
into AutoSelect mode. If the fault occurs while moving, it
causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will remain in
the gear that was engaged when the failure occurred. Once
the vehicle stops, start and reverse gears can be selected
and the transmission will operate in AutoSelect mode.

Possible Causes
This fault can be caused by any of the following:

138

J1939 Data Link

Engine ECM

Vehicle Harness or Connections

Engine Harness or Connections

Excessive radio interference

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+J1939
Engine ECM

J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness

(OEM supplied)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

139

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link low

(-) circuit and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link (+)

circuit and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
engine ECM pin number (see OEM J1939 wiring
for (+) J1939)
- Vehicle Harness 38-way Pin 3 and ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

4. Disconnect engine ECM connector which contains
the J1939 Data Link.
5. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
engine ECM pin number (see OEM wiring for (-)
J1939).
- Vehicle harness 38-way Pin 2 and ground.

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

29

37
13

14
35

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

34

12

29

30

31

32

38
V

21

COM

22

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

36

OHMS

37

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
V

13

14
35

COM

22

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

38
V

13

14
35

10

11

12

29

30

31

32

33

34

21

COM

22
36

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

37
13

14
35

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
V

21

COM

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 2 and engine ECM

pin is 0 to 0.3 ohms and if resistance between
Pin 2 and ground is OL, go to Step B.

If resistance between Pin 3 and engine ECM

pin number is 0 to 0.3 ohms, and if resistance
between Pin 3 and ground is OL,
- If equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step D.
- If not equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step
C.
If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939

Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

140

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link

Shield (+) wire (if equipped) and test for short to
ground.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 1 and engine ECM pin number (see OEM J1939 wiring for J1939 shield).

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3.
Note: En sure the volt/ohm meter is on the proper
scale (around 200 ohm)

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

31

32

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

37

30

33

34

14
35

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

38
V

13

21

COM

22
36

OHMS

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

37

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
V

13

14
35

21

COM

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 1 and engine ECM

pin number is 0 to 0.3 ohms, go to Step D.
If resistance is outside of range, Repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

If resistance between Pin 2 and Pin 3 is

between 50 to 70 ohms, go to Step V.
If resistance is more than 70 ohms, one or
more of the terminating resistors on the J1939
Data Link Harness is either missing or out of
range, repair OEM J1939 Data Link Harness.
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 50 ohms, repair the
J1939 Data Link between the engine ECM and
the TECU. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

141

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 35 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 35 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

142

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

143

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID231
SPN 639

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) has communicated with another ECU, but
is unable to communicate with the engine ECU over the
J1939 data link.
If you have an Active Fault Code 36 with an UltraShift DM
transmission and engine will crank but not start, please
check the OEM supplied MEIIR (Momentary Engine Ignition
Interrupt Relay) circuit and see that the engine has proper
ignition voltage.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
The fault is detected if J1939 communication from the
engine is lost for 5 seconds and other devices are present
on J1939.

Fallback
If the fault occurs during power-up, the transmission will go
into AutoSelect mode. If the fault occurs while moving, it
causes an in-place fallback and the transmission will remain
in the gear that was engaged when the failure occurred.
Once the vehicle stops, start and reverse gears can be
selected and the transmission will operate in AutoSelect
mode.

Possible Causes
This fault can be caused by any of the following:

144

J1939 Data Link

Engine ECM

Vehicle Harness or Connections

Engine Harness or Connections

Excessive radio interference

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+J1939

J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Engine ECM
A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness

(OEM supplied)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

145

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link Low

(-) circuit and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link High

(+) circuit and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:

- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
engine ECM pin # (see OEM wiring for (+)J1939)
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

4. Disconnect engine ECM connector which contains
the J1939 Data Link.
5. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
engine ECM pin # (see OEM wiring for (-) J1939).
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
ground.

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

34

12

29

30

34

38
V

21

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

36

OHMS

37

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
V

13

14
35

Front View
38-Way Connector

COM

22

21

COM

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

GROUND
OHMS

37

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

31

32

33

34

38
V

13

14
35

21

COM

22
36

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

37
13

14
35

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
V

COM

22

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

GROUND

If resistance between Pin 2 and engine ECM

pin # (see OEM wiring for (-)J1939) is 0 to 0.3
ohms and if resistance between Pin 2 and
ground is OL, go to Step B.
If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

146

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If resistance between Pin 3 and engine ECM

pin # (see OEM wiring for (+)J1939) is 0 to 0.3
ohms and if resistance between Pin 3 and
ground is OL,
- If equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step D.
- If not equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step
C.
If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between Engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link

Shield (+) wire (if equipped) and test for short to
ground.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 1 and engine ECM pin # (see
OEM wiring for J1939 shield).

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3.
Note: Make sure the volt/ohm meter is on the
proper scale (around 200 ohm scale).

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37

29

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

30

10

11

12

31

14
35

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

38
V

13

COM

22

21
36

OHMS

See OEM J1939 Wiring

for correct pin on ECM

37

29

31

32

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

30

16

17

18

33

19

34

20

10

11

12

38
V

13

14
35

21

COM

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 1 and engine ECM

pin # (see OEM wiring for J1939 shield) is 0 to
0.3 ohms, go to Step D.
If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

If resistance between Pin 2 and Pin 3 is

between 50 to 70 ohms, go to Step V.
If resistance is more than 70 ohms, 1or more
of the terminating resistors on the J1939 data
link harness is either missing or out of range.
Repair J1939 Data Link Harness. Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 50 ohms, repair the
J1939 Data Link between the Engine ECM and
the TECU. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

147

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 36 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing,
If fault code other than 36 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

148

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

149

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 251
SPN 627

FMI 5
FMI 5

Overview
This fault code indicates excessive resistance has been
detected between the power supply source (battery or
starter) and the Transmission Electronic Control Unit
(TECU).

Detection
The resistance on the TECU power supply circuit is measured during each shift. If the resistance is greater than 0.4
ohms this fault will set.

Fallback
No fallback mode.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

150

Corrosion on power supply or ground supply connections or wires to the TECU

Corrosion in fuse holder for TECU power supply.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

30 AMP fuse
Battery power
(non-switched power)
run to starter
or batteries

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

151

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
the TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of rangeRepair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

152

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of rang, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

153

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually inspect batteries, inline fuse,

power and ground supplies to the TECU.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Clean and reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way.

3. Key on.

4. Inspect main power 38-way connector terminals

Pin 36 and Pin 38, in-line fuse holder, and power
supply connections for integrity and corrosion.

4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

Transmission ECU

6. Check for codes See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

Batteries

5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code

If no codes, test complete.

30 AMP fuse

If Fault Code 37 appears go to Step A. to find

error in testing.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

34

20

10

11

12

38
21

If fault code other than 37 appears, See Fault

Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

22
36

Front View
38-Way Connector

If no problem found, go to Step V.

If problem is found, repair power/ground path
for the main power supply. Go to Step V.

154

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

155

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 35, 36
FMI 7
SPN 768, 769 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to complete a shift across the range. The range is either stuck in
high or low, or cannot complete engagement into high or
low.

Detection
The transmission attempts the same range shift 5 consecutive times and determines the shift cannot be completed
based on the speeds across the back box.

Fallback
This fault causes a current range fallback and the transmission stays in either low range or high range. When the vehicle comes to a stop, an attempt to shift into low range is
made.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Low air pressure

Contaminated air supply

Air leak

Range Solenoid Valve

Range Synchronizer

Range Actuator / Cylinder / Piston / Yoke

Range Cover

Additional Tools

156

Two 0-100 PSI Air pressure gauges

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Component Identification
Range system

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

157

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated

port.
If air pressure is in range is 55 to 65 PSI (or 75
to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS Models), go
to Step E.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step

D.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

Regulated test port

If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to

Step B.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter /regulator

and check airflow.

If air pressure is outside of range, repair the air

system as required. Repeat this step.

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator

supply port.

If air flows from the supply line, repair Air Filter/Regulator. Go to Step C.
If air does not flow from the supply line,
replace Air Filter Regulator. Go to Step C.

Purpose: Measure vehicle maintains air supply

pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step C.
If vehicle loses air pressure, repair the air system as required. Repeat this step.

158

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Install two 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the

range cover diagnostic ports.

2. With Shift Control, select the highest reverse gear

available by pressing the up-shift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

3. Start vehicle. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

4. Turn off engine, but leave key in on position.
5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.
Note: Allow 5 minutes for checking the air pressure
after shifting the transmission to neutral.

Note: Monitor gear display after selecting the highest reverse gear available and confirm gear position
has changed in the display. A gear change is
required to energize the range solenoid.
HIGH range
0-100 PSI gauge

LOW range
0-100 PSI gauge

Note: Monitor gear display after selecting reverse,

then neutral and confirm gear position has changed
in the display. A gear change is required to energize
the range solenoid.
HIGH range
0-100 PSI gauge

LOW range
0-100 PSI gauge

If high range gauge

- 55 to 65 PSI for Non-LAS Models
- 75 to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS Models
If low range gauge - 0 PSI for all others
Repair mechanical range system as required.
go to Step V.,
If low range gauge is 55 to 65 PSI for Non-LAS
Models (75 to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS
Models) and if high range gauge is 0 PSI, go to
Step F.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step V.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

159

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all gauges.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 41 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 41 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

160

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

161

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 37, 38
FMI 7
SPN 770, 771 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to complete a shift across the Splitter. The Splitter is either stuck in
high or low, or cannot complete engagement into high or
low.

Detection
The transmission attempts the same splitter shift 3 consecutive times and determines the shift cannot be completed
based on the speeds across the back box.

Fallback
This fault causes a current splitter fallback and the transmission stays in either low split or high split.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Low air pressure

Contaminated air supply

Air leak

Splitter Solenoid Valve

Splitter Actuator / Cylinder / Piston / Yoke

Splitter Clutch

Additional Tools

162

Two 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Component Identification

Splitter system

Reduction

Alternate View - Combination

Cylinder Models

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

163

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated

port.
If air pressure is 55 to 65 PSI, go to Step E.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step

D.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

D
Regulated test port

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator

supply port.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter /regulator

and check airflow.

If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to

Step B.

If air flows from the supply line, replace the Air

Filter Regulator. Go to Step C.

If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat this step.

If air does not flow from the supply line, repair

vehicle air supply to the regulator. Go to Step
C.

Purpose: Measure vehicle maintains air supply

pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step C.
If vehicle loses air pressure, repair vehicle air
system as required. Repeat this step.

164

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear

display 13/18-speed).

3. Turn off engine, but leave key in on position.

4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral.
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after shifting the transmissions to
neutral.

Note: If R2 isnt displayed the up arrow button

needs to be pressed.
LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

If High Splitter gauge is 55 to 65 PSI and Low

Splitter gauge is 0 PSI, repair Mechanical
Splitter system as required. Go to Step V.

If Low Splitter gauge is 55 to 65 PSI and high

Splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step F.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace the Splitter Valve. Go to Step
V.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace the Splitter Valve. Go to Step
V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

165

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all pressure gauges.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 42 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 42 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

166

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

167

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 35, 36
FMI 3, 4, 5
SPN 768, 769 FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoids that control the Range Solenoid Valve.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes a current range fallback and the transmission stays in either low range or high range. When the vehicle comes to a stop, an attempt to shift into low range is
made.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

168

Range Solenoid Valve

Transmission Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Component Identification
Range valve

Transmission controller

Transmission harness

Range

Alternate View - Combination

Cylinder Models

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

169

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of high and low range

solenoids through the Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Test the Range Solenoid Valve common

line for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 6 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the TECU 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 28 and Pin 6 and
between Pin 34 and Pin 6 on the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

37
13

Note: Observe polarity on Volt\Ohm Meter.

14
35

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

30

OHMS

34

38
21

22

COM

36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step B.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.
If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

170

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of high and low range

solenoids at the Range Solenoid Valve.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Range

Solenoid Valve.

Purpose: Test the Range Solenoid common line for

shorts to ground at the Range Solenoid Valve.

1. Measure resistance between Range Solenoid Valve

Pin C and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Pin A and Pin C and

between Pin B and Pin C on the Range Solenoid
Valve pins:

OHMS
C

OHMS

COM

COM

If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step D.

If resistance is outside of range, replace the
Range Valve. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

COM

OHMS

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the
Range Valve. Go to Step V.

171

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 43 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 43 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

172

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

173

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 54
SPN 787

FMI 3, 4, 5
FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoid
that controls the Inertia Brake.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. A failure mode of a short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
No Fallback Mode; however, if the Inertia Brake system
failed, it may be difficult to engage a gear from a stop if the
Inertia Brake was providing assistance (due to a dragging
clutch). Also, hill shifting performance may be reduced.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

174

Inertia Brake Solenoid

Transmission Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Component Identification
Transmission
controller

Transmission
harness

Inertia brake
solenoid coil

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

175

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Inertia Brake

Solenoid coil through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

Purpose: Test the high side solenoid coil for shorts

to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 33 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 5.

37
13

14
35

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is 2 to 6 ohms, go to Step B.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
22

21
36

If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)

replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

176

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Inertia Brake

Solenoid coil at the Inertia Brake.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Inertia

Brake coil.

Purpose: Test the solenoid coil for shorts to

ground at the Inertia Brake.

1. Measure resistance between Inertia Brake coil Pin

A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Inertia Brake coil Pin

A and Pin B.

OHMS
A

COM

OHMS
A

GROUND

COM

If resistance is 2 to 6 ohms, go to Step D.

If resistance is outside of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

177

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, Test complete.
If Fault Code 44 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 44 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

178

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

179

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake Failure | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake
Failure
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 54
SPN 787

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview
The fault code indicates that the Low Capacity Inertia Brake
(LCIB) or High Capacity Inertia Brake (HCIB) is not performing as expected. A transmission will have either an
LCIB or HCIB, it will not have both. The LCIB is used only
on heavy-duty products with an Electronic Clutch Actuator
(ECA).

Detection
The HCIB fault sets if the Inertia Brake is unable to synchronize the transmission during an upshift.
The LCIB fault sets if the LCIB is applied and the transmission input shaft deceleration is less than 1000 RPM/sec for
15 cumulative times in 1 power cycle with greater than 32
amps applied to the ECA with a non-neutral mode selected.

Fallback
No Fallback Mode; however, if the Inertia Brake system has
failed, it may be difficult to engage a gear from a neutral and
shifting performance may be reduced.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

180

LCIB material worn

Failed LCIB

Failed HCIB

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake Failure

Component Identification

Low Capacity Inertia Brake

Engine
ECM

Engine control system

High Capacity Inertia brake

A
B

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

181

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake Failure | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake
Failure

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Perform LCIB Deceleration Test in

ServiceRanger

1. Key on.

1. Key on.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.

3. Retrieve fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger

using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

3. Select Advance Product Functions.

If Fault Code 27, 44, 64, or 65 are Active or

Inactive, see the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8
If Fault Code 45 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B.

4. Select ECA Clutch Service Utility.

5. Click tab for LCIB Deceleration Test.
6. Run test by clicking Request LCIB Deceleration
Test.
If test passes, go to Step D.
If test fails, replace the . Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify transmission model.

Purpose: Visually Inspect LCIB for wear.

1. Verify transmission model.

If the transmission is an UltraShift model
(DM3, LST, LEP, or AW3), Replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.
If the transmission is an UltraShift PLUS
model (LAS, LSE, MXP, MHP, VAS, VCS, VHP,
VMS, VXP, PV), go to Step C.

1. Key off.
2. Open clutch housing hand-hole cover and inspect
LCIB for worn material. Refer to LCIB Inspection
Procedure in CLSM0200.
Note: Reference CLSM0200 for full LCIB inspection procedures.
Note: A clutch that is hanging or binding can cause the
LCIB to fail prematurely.
If wear is not within specification, replace the .
Go to Step V.
If test fails, replace the . Go to Step V.

182

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) or Low Capacity (LCIB) Inertia Brake Failure

Purpose: Test vehicle operation.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Verify LCIB is installed and reinstall hand-hole

cover.

2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all components are properly installed.

3. Key on.

3. Key on.

4. Test operation of inertia brake by shuttling the

transmission between the drive and neutral positions multiple times.

4. Clear codes, See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

If the transmission grinds or has difficulty

engaging a gear, replace the . Go to Step V.
If the transmission operates properly, go to
Step V.

5. Drive vehicle and verify proper transmission operation. Attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 45 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 45 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

183

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 37, 38
FMI 3, 4, 5
SPN 770, 771 FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoids that control the Splitter Solenoid Valve.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. Depending on the reading, a failure mode of
short to battery, short to ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes a current splitter fallback and the transmission stays in either low split or high split.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

184

Splitter Solenoid Valve

Transmission Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve

Component Identification

Splitter valve
Transmission controller

Transmission harness

Reduction

Alternate View - Combination

Cylinder Models

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

185

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of the high and low

splitter solenoids through the Transmission Harness

1. Key off.

Purpose: Test the Splitter Solenoid Valve common

line for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 4 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
32 and 4
26 and 4

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37
13

14
35

29

30

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

38
22

21

COM

36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)

replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Front View
38-Way Connector

23
17

Go to Step V.

23
17

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step

C.

Transmission Harness 38-Way Connector

If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step B.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C..

186

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of the high and low

splitter solenoids at the Splitter Solenoid Valve.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Splitter

Solenoid Valve.

1. Measure resistance between Splitter Solenoid Valve

Pin C and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Splitter Solenoid Valve

pins:
- A and C
- B and C
C

OHMS

COM

OHMS
C

COM

COM

GROUND

OHMS

If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step D.

If resistance is outside of range, replace the
Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

Purpose: Test the Splitter Solenoid Valve common

line for shorts to ground.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the
Splitter Valve and go to Step V.

187

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 46 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 46 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

188

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

189

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 60

FMI 2, 3, 4, 10
FMI 2, 3, 4, 10

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Rail

Select Sensor or mechanical failure on the Electric Shifter.
The transmission controller supplies sensor power to the
Electric Shifter position sensors and uses the reported sensor position to determine gear finger location. There are 4
fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.
This fault will not be set if a System Battery Voltage Low
fault (Fault Code 33) is active.

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F

may appear in the gear display.

The service light will blink.

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off

engine in gear.

Will not upshift, downshift nor shift into neutral.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection

Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the transmission controller constantly monitors the position of the sensor. If a failure condition is detected, the fault code is set.

FMI 2 - The fault becomes Inactive when the transmission controller detects the rail sensor output
voltage is within 10% - 90% for 1 second or longer.

FMI 3, 4 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

transmission controller detects the rail sensor supply is within +/- 5% of the expected voltage.

FMI 10 - The rail position is within + / - 0.093" (2%)

of when the shift state went idle.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 2 - The transmission controller detects the rail

sensor voltage is outside the 10-90% range for 1
second or longer.
FMI 3 - The transmission controller detects the rail
sensor supply voltage is 5% above the expected
supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

FMI 4 - The transmission controller detects the rail

sensor supply voltage is 5% below the expected
supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

FMI 10 - The transmission controller detects the

rail sensor signal moving more than +/- 0.093"
(2%) when the rail motor is turned off in gear.

Fallback

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

FMI 2, 4, 10:

Transmission Harness - Connections and wires

between the transmission controller and the rail
sensor may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent, burnt or wires may be
grounded, open or shorted.

Electric Shifter - The rail sensor may have been

damaged or malfunctioned.

FMI 3:

Fallback mode During Power-Up

190

Possible Causes

The transmission will power-up and may not be

able to confirm neutral, no start gears can be
selected.

Unit may not crank. An equal sign will appear in the

display.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Transmission Controller - The transmission controller may have been damaged or malfunctioned.

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Gen 3 Transmission
Harness Assy
K-3681

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy K-3784

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear

corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft speed

sensor K-3231

A
B

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor K-3231

Input shaft
speed sensor K-3231
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve K-3682

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed
only) K-3682

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

191

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Rail Position

Sensors through the Transmission Harness.

1. If the fault code is Inactive put unit in PDM mode

and perform the wire wiggle test. Check the overall
harness connections to sensor. If a tone is heard
and/or a fault code appears in the gear display, the
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index.

Purpose: Test the Rail Position Sensor Plus line for

shorts to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness

38-way connector Pin 18 to ground.

2. Key off.
Front View
38-Way Connector

3. Disconnect negative battery cable.

29

37

4. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 18 and Pin 19 and
between Pin 18 and Pin 20 on the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector.
Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.
6. Measure resistance of the Rail Position Sensors
through the Transmission Harness.

37
13

14
35

29

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

30

10

11

12

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

32

38

COM

22

21
36

13

14
35

38
21

COM

14
35

31

32

33

OHMS

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

COM

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is OL, Reconnect 38-way connector, (if fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
If FMI 2, 3, 4, or 10 is present with an Inactive
code, replace the Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

OHMS

37

13

30

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 18 and Pin 19 is 100

to 200 ohms and between Pin 18 and Pin 20
resistance is 5K to 7K ohm, go to Step B.
If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step C.

192

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Rail Position

Sensor.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness from Rail Select

Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Rail Position Sensor Plus line for

shorts to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Rail Select Sensor Pin

A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Pin A and Pin C and

between Pin A and Pin B on the Rail Select Sensor.

OHMS

Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter

must be used.

COM

C
B
A

OHMS

Ground

OHMS

COM

A
V

COM

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

If resistance between Pin A and Pin C is 5K to

7K and between Pin A and Pin B is 100 to 200
ohms, go to Step D.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the

Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

replace the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

193

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 51 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 51 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

194

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

195

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 59
SPN 59

FMI 2, 3, 4, 7
FMI 2, 3, 4, 7

Overview

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Rail

Select Sensor or mechanical failure on the Electric Shifter.

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive

The transmission controller supplies sensor power to the

Electric Shifter position sensors and uses the reported sensor position to determine gear finger location. There are 4
fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.
This fault will not be set if a System Battery Voltage Low
fault (Fault Code 33) is Active.

FMI 2 - The fault becomes Inactive when the transmission controller detects the gear sensor output
voltage is within 10% - 90% for 1 second or longer.

FMI 3, 4 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

transmission controller detects the gear sensor
supply is within +/- 5% of the expected voltage.

FMI 7 - Shift finger is beyond maximum engagement.

Detection

Possible Causes

Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the transmission controller constantly monitors the position of the sensor. If a failure condition is detected, the fault code is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 2, 4:

Transmission Harness - Connections and wires

between the transmission controller and the rail
sensor may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent, burnt or wires may be
grounded, open, or shorted.

Electric Shifter - The rail sensor may have been

damaged or malfunctioned.

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active

FMI 2 - The transmission controller detects the

gear sensor voltage is outside the 10-90% range
for 1 second or longer.
FMI 3 - The transmission controller detects the
gear sensor supply voltage is 5% above the
expected supply voltage for 1 second or longer.
FMI 4 - The transmission controller detects the
gear sensor supply voltage is 5% below the
expected supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

FMI 3:

FMI 7:

Fallback

Transmission Controller - The transmission controller may have been damaged or malfunctioned.

Electric Shifter - Possible broken shift finger.

Fallback mode During Power-Up

The transmission will power-up and may not be

able to confirm neutral, no start gears can be
selected.

Unit may not crank. An equal sign may appear in

the display.

Fallback Mode During Operation

196

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F

may appear in the gear display.

The service light will blink.

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off

engine in gear.

Will not upshift, downshift nor shift to neutral.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Gen 3 Transmission
Harness Assy
K-3681

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy K-3784

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear

corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft speed

sensor K-3231

A
B

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor K-3231

Input shaft
speed sensor K-3231
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve K-3682

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed
only) K-3682

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

197

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Gear Position

Sensor through the Transmission Harness

1. If the fault code is Inactive, see Product Diagnostic

(PD) Mode on page 11. Perform the wire wiggle
test. Check the overall harness connections to sensor. If a tone is heard and/or a fault code appears in
the gear display, see Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8..

Purpose: Test the Gear Position Sensor Plus line

for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness

38-way connector Pin 10 to ground.

2. Key off.

Front View
38-Way Connector

3. Disconnect negative battery cable.

29

37
13

14
35

4. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

5. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness
38-way connector pins:
- 10 and 11
- 10 and 12
Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.
If resistance between Pin 10 and Pin 11 is 100
to 200 ohms and between Pin 10 and Pin 12 is
5K to 7K ohm, go to Step B.
If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step C.

30

OHMS

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

COM

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is OL, reconnect 38-way connector, (if fault code is Active.) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
If FMI 2, 3, or 4 is present with an Inactive
code, replace the Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
If FMI 7 is present, remove Electric Shifter to
inspect for a broken shift finger. If the shift finger is broken, replace the Electric Shifter.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

198

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Gear Position

Sensor.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness from Gear Select

Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Gear Position Sensor Plus line

for shorts to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Gear Select Sensor

Pin A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Gear Select Sensor

pins:
- A and C
- A and B

OHMS

COM

Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter

must be used.

B
A

Ground

OHMS
OHMS

COM

A
V

COM

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace
Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

If Pin A and Pin C resistance is 5K to 7K ohm

and if Pin A and Pin B resistance is 100 to 200
ohms, go to Step D.
If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

199

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 52 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If code other than 52 appears, See Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

200

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

201

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 161
SPN 161

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 10
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 10

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
or the sensor is shorted to power or ground.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. If the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor fails before power-up, the transmission is
unable to engage a gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

202

Transmission Harness

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Various Transmission Components

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification
Input shaft
speed sensor

Transmission
controller

2014.07.30

Transmission
harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

203

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Monitor engine speed and Input Shaft

speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Drive vehicle and monitor engine RPM and Input

Shaft RPM with ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Measure Input Shaft Speed Sensor resistance and test for short through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.

If engine RPM and Input Shaft RPM are the

same, and code is not active during test drive,
test complete.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

If Input Shaft RPM is erratic or varies from

engine RPM, go to Step B.

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:

- 7 and 8
- 7 and ground

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

OHMS

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

COM

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 7 and Pin 8 is 2K to

4.5K ohm and Pin 7 to ground is OL, go to
Step C.
If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step
D.

204

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Visually inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

Purpose: Test Input Shaft Speed Sensor for shorts

to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.

If no problem found, (if fault code is Active)

replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

OHMS
A

COM

GROUND

Go to Step V.
If problem found or you were sent here from
Step D or E, replace Input Shaft Speed Sensor
and inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear
for damage and go to Step V.

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

Purpose: Measure Input Shaft Speed Sensor resistance at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Input

Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS
A

COM

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step E.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

205

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.
4. Key on.
5. Clear fault codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
7. Check for fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault code, test complete.
If Fault Code 56 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing,
If fault code other than 56 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

206

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

207

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 160
SPN 160

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Main
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
or the sensor is shorted to power or ground.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback mode.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

208

Transmission Harness

Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Various transmission components

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission controller

2014.07.30

Main shaft
speed sensor

Transmission harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

209

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Main Shaft Speed Sensor resistance, test for short to ground through the Transmission Harness

Purpose: Measure Main Shaft Speed Sensor resistance.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Main Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector

2. Measure resistance between the Main Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:

- 15 and 16
- 15 and ground
If resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 16 is 2k
to 4.5K ohm and between Pin 15 to ground is
OL, go to Step B.

OHMS
A

COM

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step D.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step

C.

Purpose: Visually inspect the Main Shaft Speed

Sensor for contamination and damage.

1. Inspect Main Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

If no problem found, replace TECU (only if
fault code is Active) and go to Step V.
If problem is found or you were sent here from
Step C or D, replace Main Shaft Speed Sensor
and inspect the upper reverse idler gear for
damage and go to Step V.

210

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Test Main Shaft Speed Sensor for shorts

to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Main Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

COM

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.

4. Key on.

5. Clear codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on

page 5.

GROUND
If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault

code.
7. Check for fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

Go to Step V.

If no fault codes, test complete.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step

B.

If Fault Code 57 appears, find error in testing

go to Step A.
If fault code other than 57 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

211

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 191
SPN 191

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Output
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
the sensor is shorted to power or ground, a grounded circuit is detected, or if an abnormal frequency is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

212

Transmission Harness

Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Various transmission components

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Failed or loose Tone Wheel

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission
controller

Transmission harness

Output shaft
speed sensor

Note: If troubleshooting an UltraShift PLUS model transmissions Output Shaft Speed Sensor, which is a directional
sensor, go to Step E; otherwise, start at Step A.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

213

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Output Shaft Speed Sensor resistance and test for short to ground through
Transmission Harness.

1. Inspect Output Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
- 23 and 24
- 23 and ground

214

Purpose: Visually inspect Output Shaft Speed sensor for contamination and damage.

If no problem found, (if fault code is Active)

replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.

If resistance between Pin 23 and Pin 24 is 2K

to 4.5K ohm and between Pin 23 to ground is
OL, go to Step B.

If problem is found or you were sent here from

Step C or D, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor

If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step

C.

Inspect the tone wheel for damage, looseness

or corrosion. Go to Step V.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Output Shaft Speed Sensor resistance.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Output Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Output Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS

COM

Purpose: UltraShift PLUS transmission only: Measure voltage supply to Output Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Output Shaft Speed Sensor.
3. With key on, measure voltage from Transmission
Harness connector 1 and 2.

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step D.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

Purpose: Test for shorts to ground of the Output

Shaft Speed sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Output Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.

If voltage is within 4.9 - 5.1volts, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor
Go to Step V.
If voltage is out of range, go to Step F.

OHMS
A

COM

GROUND
If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
B.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

215

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Output Shaft

Speed Sensor wiring.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Check for connector damage and measure resistance between:
- Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 22
and Pin 1.
- Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 21
and Pin 2.

23

24
17

21

22

Front View
38-Way Connector

If harness connections are in good condition

and resistance of both circuits measure
between 0 to 0.3 ohms, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and go to Step V.
If damaged or failed harness connectors are
found, or if either or both circuits are out of
range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
go to Step V.

216

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.
4. Key on.
5. Clear fault codes.
6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
7. Check for fault codes.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 58 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 58 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

217

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 39
SPN 772

FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault indicates the Electric Shifter Rail Motor system is

not working properly.
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks
the rail motor for open or shorted connections. There are
four fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F

may appear in the gear display.

The service light will blink.

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off

engine in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the motor circuit. If a failure mode of short
to battery, short to ground, open circuit, or low current is
detected the fault is set.

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Inactive

FMI 1, 12 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

shift is completed.

FMI 5, 6 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

open or short circuit conditions are not detected for
0.5 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active

FMI 1 - The TECU detects a high resistance in the

motor circuit (5 ohms or greater) resulting in slow
or no movement of the XY Shift finger. This fault
will set when the Electric Shifter fails to select the
proper rail.
FMI 5, 6 - This fault is set when the condition is
detected for at least 0.5 seconds and the TECU
attempts to move the XY shift finger. FMI 5 is open
or shorted to ground, FMI 6 is shorted to power.
FMI 12 - The TECU detects a fault condition within
the TECU XY control circuit, resulting in slow or no
movement of the XY shift finger. This fault is set
when the Electric Shifter fails to select the proper
rail.

Fallback
Fallback Mode During Power-Up

218

The transmission will power-up and may not be

able to confirm neutral, no start gear can be
selected.
The engine will not crank and a dash will be shown
in the gear display.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
FMI 1, 5:

The Electric Shifter rail motor may be damaged,

failed or has developed a low resistance to ground.

Connections and wires between the rail motor and

the TECU may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent, or terminals may be burnt.

TECU may have an internal short to ground or open

circuit and has failed.

FMI 6:

The wires between the rail motor and the TECU

may be grounded or shorted.

TECU may have internal short to power and has

failed.

FMI 12:

Poor chassis power or ground.

The wires between the rail motor and the TECU

may be grounded or shorted.

TECU internal failure.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Transmission
Harness Assy

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear

corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft
speed sensor

A
B

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Input shaft
speed sensor
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed only)

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

219

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Use ServiceRanger to retrieve and record fault code

61 FMI information.
2. Perform the Electrical Pretest on page 12, inspect
TECU power supply harness and fuse holder.
Issue found with TECU power supply harness
or vehicle batteries, repair or replace items
found during electrical pretest, go to Step V.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter

Rail motor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector from the TECU.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 35 and Pin 37.

Electrical pretest passed, no issues found, go

to Step B.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

COM

14
35

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

37
13

30

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

Measured resistance is 2 ohms or less, go to

Step C.
Measured resistance is greater than 2 ohms,
go to Step D.

220

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Test the Electric Shifter Rail Motor for

short to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure the resistance between Pin 35 and

ground.

1. Disconnect the black 2-way rail motor connector

from the transmission harness.
2. Measure the resistance of the Rail Motor at the
2-way connector.
- Pin A to Pin B
- Pin A to Ground

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

COM

14
35

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

29

37
13

30

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter

Rail motor at the Rail Motor and test for short to
ground.

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

OHMS
B

Measured resistance is 1 M ohm or greater, go

to Step E.

V
V

COM

COM

Measured resistance is less than 1 M ohm, go

to Step D.
Measured resistance between Pin A and Pin B
is 2 ohms or less, and Pin A to ground is 1 M
ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
Measured resistance is out of range, replace
the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

221

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Use fault code FMI to make a repair decision.

FMI 6 or 12 is Active or Inactive, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

Date Code:

Model:
Hardware Rev:
Serialno:

1. FMI information recorded from Step A.

TRTS0930

TECU Serial Number

FMI 1 or 5 is Active, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial number is between ETC2000000 and ETC2029918,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial number is above ETC2029918, replace the Electric
Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

222

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 61 appears, find error in testing,
go to Step A.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

223

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 40
SPN 773

FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault indicates the Electric Shifter Gear Motor system is

not working properly.
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks
the gear motor and controller for open or shorted connections. There are 4 fault conditions defined by the reported
FMI via ServiceRanger software.

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F

may appear in the gear display.

The service light will blink.

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off

engine in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the motor circuit. If a failure mode of short
to battery, short to ground, open circuit or low current is
detected the fault is set.

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive

FMI 1, 12 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

shift is completed.

FMI 5, 6 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

open or short circuit conditions are not detected for
0.5 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active

FMI 1 - The TECU detects a high resistance in the

motor circuit (5 ohms or greater) resulting in slow
or no movement of the XY shift finger. This fault
will set when the Electric Shifter fails to engage or
disengage a gear.
FMI 5, 6 - This fault is set when the condition is
detected for at least 0.5 seconds and the TECU
attempts to move the XY shift finger. FMI 5 is open
or shorted to ground, FMI 6 is shorted to power.
FMI 12 - The TECU detects a fault condition within
the TECU XY control circuit, resulting in slow or no
movement of the XY shift finger. This fault is set
when the Electric Shifter fails to engage or disengage a gear.

Fallback
Fallback Mode During Power-Up

224

The transmission will power-up and may not be

able to confirm neutral, no start gear can be
selected.
The engine will not crank and a dash will be shown
in the gear display.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
FMI 1, 5:

The Electric Shifter gear motor may be damaged,

failed, or has developed a low resistance to ground.

Connections and wires between the gear motor and

the TECU may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent or terminals may be burnt.

TECU may have an internal short to ground or open

circuit and has failed.

FMI 6:

The wires between the gear motor and TECU may

be shorted to power.

TECU may have internal short to power and has

failed.

FMI 12:

Poor chassis power or ground.

The wires between the gear motor and TECU may

be shorted to ground.

TECU internal failure.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Transmission
Harness Assy

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear

corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft
speed sensor

A
B

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Input shaft
speed sensor
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed only)

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

225

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Use ServiceRanger to retrieve and record Fault

Code 63 FMI information.
2. Perform electrical pretest, see Electrical Pretest
on page 12. Inspect TECU power supply harness
and fuse holder.
If issue found with TECU power supply harness or vehicle batteries, repair or replace
items found during electrical pretest. go to
Step V.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter

Gear Motor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector from the TECU.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 36 and Pin 38.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector

Electrical pretest passed, no issues found, go

to Step B.

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

Measured resistance is 2 ohms or less, go to

Step C.
Measured resistance is greater than 2 ohms,
go to Step D.

226

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Test the Electric Shifter for a short to

ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure the resistance between Pin 36 and

ground.

1. Disconnect the blue 2-way gear motor connector

from the transmission harness.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Electric

Shifter Gear Motor, and test for short to ground.

2. Measure the resistance of the gear motor at the

2-way connector.
- Pin A to Pin B
- Pin A to Ground

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

OHMS

If measured resistance is 1 M ohm or greater,

go to Step E.

V
V

COM

COM

If measured resistance is less than 1 M ohm,

go to Step D.
If measured resistance between Pin A and Pin
B is 2 ohms or less, and between Pin A and
ground is 1 M ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If measured resistance is out of range, replace
the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

227

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Use the fault code FMI to make a repair

decision.

If FMI 6 or 12 is active or Inactive, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.

Date Code:

Model:
Hardware Rev:
Serialno:

1. FMI information recorded from Step A.

TRTS0930

TECU Serial Number

If FMI 1 or 5 is Active, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
If FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial
number is between ETC2000000 and
ETC2029918, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial
number is above ETC2029918, replace the
Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

228

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 63 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 63 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

229

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 227
FMI 14
SPN 520274, 520321FMI 13, 14

Overview
The Grade Sensor is mounted inside the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) and is essential for Hill-Start Aid.
The Grade Sensor also provides information to the TECU to
assist in smooth vehicle launch and shifting.

Detection
A fault will be set if the grade sensor reports an illogical
grade to the TECU.

Fallback
Hill-Start-Aid is enabled all the time.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

230

Improperly mounted TECU

Uncalibrated TECU

TECU failure

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

231

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes

(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
3. Perform electrical pretest, See Electrical Pretest
on page 12.
If FMI 13 is Active after performing the electrical pretest, go to Step B.

Note: Before Grade Sensor Calibration, verify the vehicle

is on level ground, the suspension is fully aired
and the vehicle is at the appropriate ride height.
1. Key on.
2. Calibrate the TECU using ServiceRanger. (steps
below)
Note: The Grade Sensor can be calibrated via ServiceRanger or operator-triggered Special
Function. Detailed instructions on both methods can be found in service manual
TRSM0930.

If FMI 14 is Active after performing the electrical pretest, go to Step C.

If issue was repair during the electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

Purpose: Perform TECU Grade Sensor calibration.

3. Open the Advanced Product Functions menu and

click on the transmission model.
4. Open the Grade Sensor Calibration and follow the
instructions.
5. Click on Calibrate Grade Sensor.
6. Verify Fault Code 68 has gone Inactive.
If FMI 13 is not Active, Close ServiceRanger
and turn off ignition switch to save calibration.
go to Step V.
If FMI 13 is still Active, call Roadranger Tech
Support at 1-800-826-4357 for assistance.

232

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Purpose: Confirm proper TECU mounting.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Ensure that the TECU is properly mounted and

secured.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

If TECU found insecure or not properly

mounted, properly secure the TECU. Go to
Step V.
If TECU was found properly mounted and
secure, (if fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.

Go to Step V.

If no fault codes, Test complete.

If Fault Code 68 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 68 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

233

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 560

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system cannot disengage from the

current gear. The system will continue attempting to disengage the current gear after the fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to change gear

position and no electrical faults are active.

The system is unable to select the neutral position after 3

consecutive attempts.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
FMI 7 - The system is unable to select the neutral
position after 3 consecutive attempts.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

Shift Bar Housing

None. This fault can not be set at power-up.

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated

per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric

Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814.)

Base Transmission

Main box mechanical failure

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Fallback Mode During Operation

When this fault is Active, the transmission will continue to attempt to select neutral.

The system will alternate the engine speed up and

down in an attempt to achieve disengagement.

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the

J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the

L-Letter (L-2005-04)

Engine

Inaccurately reporting engine torque value

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive

234

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when neutral is

achieved.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

Base Transmission

Engine
ECM

Engine Torque Value

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

235

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
Yes, perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on, and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off, wait 2 minutes and go to Step
V..

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter, battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

No, go to Step B.

VOLTS

COM

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charge system as required.
Repeat test.

236

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission

Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure batter voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage between Pin C and battery negative

post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

237

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift bar housing,

Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Remove electric shifter from Shift Bar Housing.

3. Inspect the Shift Bar Housing
- Visually inspect shift rails and blocks.
- Verify shift bar housing operation by confirming
shift rails can physically engage each gear individually.
- Confirm the shift bar housing can not engage 2
gears at the same time.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step F.
If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

4. Inspect Electric Shifter

- Check for mechanical issues with the Electric
Shifter.
- Visually inspect for badly contaminated /
gummed up / soiled Electric Shifter ball screw
due to oil cooler leaks.
- Check for a worn center shaft bushing (see
TAIB-0814).
5. Inspect Base Transmission
- Drain and inspect oil for debris.
- Remove I-brake or PTO cover and inspect for
main box mechanical failure.
- Inspect sliding clutches and shift yokes for wear.
If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If problem found, repair as required and go to
Step V.

238

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 71 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 71 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

239

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 59
SPN 772

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system is unable to position the XY

shift finger on the desired shift rail. The system will continue attempting to select the desired rail position after the
fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to select a rail and

no electrical faults are active.

FMI 7:

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

The system is unable to select the desired rail position after

5 consecutive attempts.

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated

per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric

Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814)

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active

FMI 7 - The system is unable to select the desired

rail position after five consecutive attempts.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up

Vehicle may not crank. A dash will appear in the

gear display.

Base Transmission

Main box mechanical failure

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Fallback Mode During Operation

When this fault is active, the transmission will continue to attempt to select the desired rail position.

The system will alternate the engine speed up and

down during a shift.

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the

J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the

L-Letter (L-2005-04)

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive

240

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when the

desired rail position is achieved.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

2014.07.30

Base Transmission

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

241

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
Yes. Perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off and wait 2 minutes. go to Step
V.

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter / battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

VOLTS

No, go to Step B.
V

COM

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charge system as required.
Repeat test.

242

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission

Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure batter voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

243

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift Bar housing,

Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Remove electric shifter from Shift Bar housing.

3. Inspect the Shift Bar housing
- Visually inspect shift rails and blocks.
- Verify Shift Bar housing operation by confirming
shift rails can physically engage each gear individually.
- Confirm the Shift Bar housing can not engage
two gears at the same time.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step F.
If voltage is outside of range, Repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

4. Inspect Electric Shifter

- Check for mechanical issues with the Electric
Shifter.
- Visually inspect for badly contaminated /
gummed up / soiled Electric Shifter ball screw
due to oil cooler leaks.
- Check for a worn center shaft bushing (see
TAIB-0814).
5. Inspect Base Transmission
- Drain and inspect oil for debris.
- Remove I-brake or PTO cover and inspect for
main box mechanical failure.
- Inspect sliding clutches and shift yokes for wear.
If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If problem found, repair as required. Go to
Step V.

244

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 72 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 72 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

245

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 58
SPN 781

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system cannot engage the desired

gear. The system will continue attempting to engaged the
desired gear after the fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to engage a gear

and no electrical faults can be active.

The system unsuccessfully attempts to engage a gear 5

times with no battery voltage faults.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 - The system is unable to engage a gear 5
times with no battery voltage faults.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

FMI 7:

None. This fault can not be set at power-up.

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated

per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric

Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814)

Base Transmission

Main box mechanical failure

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Fallback Mode During Operation

When this fault is active, the transmission will continue to attempt to engage the gear.

The system will alternate the engine speed up and

down in an attempt to achieve engagement.

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the

J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the

L-Letter (L-2005-04.)

Engine

Inaccurately or not responding to the transmission

speed control command.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

246

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when neutral is

achieved.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Component Identification

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

247

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
Yes, Perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off and wait 2 minutes. go to Step
V..

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter / battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

No, go to Step B.

VOLTS

COM

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charge system as required.
Repeat test.

248

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission

Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

249

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port

TRTS0930

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift Bar housing,

Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Remove electric shifter from Shift Bar housing.

3. Inspect the Shift Bar housing
- Visually inspect shift rails and blocks.
- Verify Shift Bar housing operation by confirming
shift rails can physically engage each gear individually.
- Confirm the Shift Bar housing can not engage 2
gears at the same time.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step F.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown
Repeat test.

4. Inspect Electric Shifter

- Check for mechanical issues with the Electric
Shifter.
- Visually inspect for badly contaminated /
gummed up / soiled Electric Shifter ball screw
due to oil cooler leaks.
- Check for a worn center shaft bushing (see
TAIB-0814).
5. Inspect base transmission
- Drain and inspect oil for debris.
- Remove I-brake or PTO cover and inspect for
main box mechanical failure.
- Inspect sliding clutches and shift yokes for wear.
If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If problem found, repair as required. Go to
Step V.

250

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If no fault codes, test complete.
If Fault Code 73 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
If fault code other than 73 appears, See Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 8.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

251

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 93/190
FMI 7
SPN 518/898 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to use
system controls to synchronize during a shift.

Detection
If there is engine communication on the J1939 Link and the
engine does not respond to transmission speed and torque
commands, the code will set.

Fallback
If the failure occurs while moving, it could cause a 1-speed
fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, starting gear and
reverse gear can be engaged.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

252

Engine control system

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

Component Identification

Engine
ECM

Engine Torque Value

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

253

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Contact vehicle OEM for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If Fault Code 74 is Active, contact the OEM
because the engine is failing to respond to the
transmissions command during a shift.
If fault code is not Active, test complete.

254

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

255

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 560

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault is detected when the vehicle is powered-down in
any gear position other than neutral.
Note: This code will only be set Inactive

Detection
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) monitors
shift device position and electric shifter position during
vehicle shut down. If a non-neutral shift device position and
in gear position are detected during vehicle shut down, this
code will be set.

Fallback
No Fallback mode. This is a non driving, power-down fault.
It may cause a dash to appear in the gear display during
power-up if the transmission is torque locked after shutting
down in gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

256

Improper shut down procedure

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

Component Identification

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2014.07.30

Eaton Shift Lever

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

257

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve Codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 75 is Inactive, no action necessary. This code indicates the driver powered
down the system prior to selecting neutral.
Explain to driver, shift selector must be in neutral before powering down to prevent a
stuck-in-gear situation and/or a power-up no
crank situation.

258

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

259

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 47
SPN 780

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview
The transmission controller has detected that the shift finger position indicates neutral and a comparison of input
and main shaft speeds indicate the transmission is in gear.
The comparison of shaft speeds is only performed when
the vehicle is moving and a shift is in process.

Detection

The fault is detected after the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) powers up and a
non-neutral condition is detected during a shift.

FMI 7 - The transmission controller detected an

inaccurate finger position.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Recreate Fault

Only set during a shift.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will
remain in current gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Conditions to Clear Fault

The fault becomes Inactive after power down.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

260

Worn internal transmission components.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

Component Identification

Transmission

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

261

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Contact Eaton support for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 81 is active or Inactive, Customer
- Call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
CSC - Call Technician Service.

262

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

263

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
FMI 14
SPN 751, 752 FMI 7, 12

Overview
This fault code indicates the Eaton Cobra Lever or the OEM
Shift Lever is not sensing any lever positions.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the feedback from the Shift Lever circuit. If the Shift Lever
reports no lever positions are sensed, the fault code is set.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift only and shifts to neutral
when the vehicle stops.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

264

Eaton Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

Component Identification

Eaton Shift Lever

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

265

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
on page 5.
If Fault Code 83 is Active, replace Eaton Cobra
Lever or OEM Shift Lever.
If Fault Code 83 is Inactive, test complete.

266

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

267

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
FMI 13
SPN 751, 752 FMI 13

Overview
This fault indicates a new Transmission Electronic Control
Unit (TECU) has not detected a Shift Control device.

Detection
The fault is detected the first time the system is powered
up. The TECU looks for a shift control device if none are
detected the system will set this code.
Note: The fault will only be set active.

Fallback
No crank at power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

268

Damaged OEM Wiring Harness between TECU and

Shift Control device after new TECU is installed.

Disconnected Shift Control device after new TECU

is installed.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

Component Identification

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

269

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

Purpose: Confirm Shift Control device is properly

installed. Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Verify Shift Control device is connected to the OEM

wiring.
2. Key on.
3. Retrieve fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If Fault Code 84 is Active, repair OEM wiring
between TECU and Shift Control device.

270

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

271

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18
SPN 751

FMI 12
FMI 12

Overview
This fault indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit
(TECU) has detected a non compatible Shift Control device.

Detection
The TECU looks for a Shift Control device at system
power-up. If a non compatible shift control device is
detected the system will set this code.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

272

Non compatible Shift Control device

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

Component Identification

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2014.07.30

Eaton Shift Lever

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

273

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

Purpose: Confirm Shift Control device part number. Ensure proper device installed.

1. Verify Shift Control device is connected to the OEM

wiring.
2. Key on.
3. Retrieve fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If Fault Code 85 is Active, verify correct Shift
Control device is installed on vehicle.

274

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

275

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 58
SPN 781

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
The transmission controller is monitoring the Gear Position
sensor and has determined the Electric Shifter is moving in
the opposite intended direction.

Detection

The fault can be detected any time after the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) powers up
and a non-neutral mode is selected.

FMI 14 - The transmission controller detected an

incorrect Electric Shifter position.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

Conditions to Recreate Fault

None

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will
remain in current gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Conditions to Clear Fault

The fault becomes Inactive after power down.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

276

Internal transmission controller fault.

Transmission wire harness shorted.

Electric Shifter failure.

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

Component Identification

Transmission Controller

2014.07.30

XY Shifter

Transmission Harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

277

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Contact Eaton technical support for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve fault codes. See Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing on page 5.
If Fault Code 99 is Active or Inactive, Customer
- Call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
CSC - Call Technician Service.

278

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

279

Up/Down Button Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Up/Down Button Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if unable to shift the
transmission with the Up/Down buttons, and there are no
Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
The shift control has no fault detection capability for this
failure. The failure is observed by the driver when operating
the vehicle.

Fallback
There is no fallback for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

280

Push button shift control

Shift Lever

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Up/Down Button Test

Component Identification

Side view
of pushbutton
shift control

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Eaton Shift Lever

281

Up/Down Button Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Up/Down Button Test

Purpose: Drive vehicle and attempt to complete

manual button shifts in Manual Mode.

1. Start engine.
2. Place Shift Device in manual.
3. Drive the vehicle using the buttons to initiate
upshifts and downshifts, when conditions permit.
If the up and down buttons are working properly, the transmission will make upshifts and
downshifts, test complete.
If the transmission does not make upshifts or
downshifts, replace Shift Control. Repeat test.

282

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Up/Down Button Test

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

283

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the engine does
not crank with the Shift Lever in neutral, and there are no
Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) has no
fault detection capability for this failure. The failure is
observed by the driver when operating the vehicle. To
observe this failure, attempt to start the vehicle.

Fallback
This symptom has no affect on vehicle operation; however,
if the failure occurred before the engine was started, it is
possible the engine will not start.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

284

Start Enable Relay

Starter Solenoid wiring

Vehicle Harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector

2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

285

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

1
26

87
87
86
85
30

Starter
26
32
4
IGN

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

+
OFF

ACC

ON

85

86

32

87

30

26

87A

ACC

OFF
ON

START

85

Starter

86

32

87

30

87A

26

START

Starter

Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)

5. Open Relay - Key Off (Non-energized State)
6. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral (Energized State)

286

Battery Voltage

Switched Battery from TECU

Ground

Communication

Ignition Voltage

Switched 5V from TECU

Switched Ground

Relay/Solenoid Driver

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Signal

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

2
25
17
31

A
B
C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2014.07.30

Battery Voltage

Switched Battery from TECU

Ground

Communication

Ignition Voltage

Switched 5V from TECU

Switched Ground

Relay/Solenoid Driver

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Signal

287

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and

in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

VOLTS

COM

If voltage is 1113 volts on a 12-volt system or

22 to 26 on a 24 volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step B.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

288

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

A

A
B

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

289

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually inspect Start Enable Relay wiring

and confirm that it is wired per requirements. Confirm if the engine will crank.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Jump the Start Enable Relay and confirm if the engine will crank.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Reconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

4. Reconnect negative battery cable.

4. Reconnect negative battery cable.

5. Place a jumper wire across connector contact 30
and contact 87.

5. Key on.
6. Engage starter.
Note: The Start Enable Relay must be wired
according to Eaton GEN III requirements
(shown on previous page) for this test to
work properly. If wired differently, consult
OEM for correct wiring schematic.

Warning: Make sure the parking brake is set before

jumping the Start Enable Relay.

6. Key on. Verify neutral on Gear Display.

7. Engage starter.

If engine cranks, go to Step F.

86

87

85

If engine does not crank, go to Step G.

30

Purpose: Remove the Start Enable Relay and confirm if the engine will crank.

If engine cranks, replace the Start Enable

Relay. go to Step H.
If engine does not crank, refer to OEM for
repair of Vehicle Harness or starter.

1. Key off.
2. Remove the Start Enable Relay.
3. Key on.
4. Engage starter.
If vehicle cranks, repair short to power on
Vehicle Harness. go to Step V.
If vehicle does not crank, replace Start Enable
Relay. go to Step V.

290

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Start Enable Latch

wire.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Key on.

4. Disconnect the Start Enable Relay.

4. Start the engine to determine whether the Start

Enable Relay contact complaint has been repaired.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 87 of the Start

Enable Relay connector and Pin 26 of the Vehicle
Harness 38-Way connector.

If engine starts, test complete.

If engine does not start go to Step A. to error
in testing.

26
87

26

87

If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, go to Step V.

If resistance is greater than 10K ohm, repair
wiring and go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

291

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

J1587 Data Link Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool, does not work.

Detection
The service technician observes the failure when operating
ServiceRanger. To observe this failure, simply connect ServiceRanger to the transmission via the J1587 Diagnostic
Connector located in the cab.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for the J1587 Data Link.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

292

J1587 Data Link Harness

ServiceRanger

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+12
volts
battery
J1587 data link
10

OEM

11

9-way
6-way
diagnostic connector diagnostic connector
A ATA+
B ATA
C + Battery
D
E Ground
F

2014.07.30

E
F

B
A
E

C
F

G
H

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

GROUND

A Ground
B + Battery
C
D
E
F ATA+
G ATAH
J

293

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

J1587 Data Link Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage supply to the vehicle diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Verify continuity of the J1587 Plus wire

from the TECU to the vehicle diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage either between 6-Way Diagnostic

Connector Pin C and Pin E or 9-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin B and Pin A.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step B.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-Way Connector.

4. Measure resistance from Vehicle Harness 38-Way
Connector Pin 10 and either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin F.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery or

ground wire to vehicle Diagnostic connector.
Go to Step V.

Pins

If resistance is 00.3 ohms, go to Step C.

If resistance is outside of range, repair Vehicle
Harness. Repeat this step.

Measurement
Pins

Measurement

C to E
10 to A
B to A
10 to F

294

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

Purpose: Test the J1587 Plus wire for a short to

ground through the vehicle diagnostic connector.

1. Measure resistance between either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
Pin F and ground.
If resistance is OL, go to Step D.

1. Measure resistance between either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin B or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
Pin G and ground.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins

Purpose: Test the J1587 negative () wire for a

short to ground through the vehicle diagnostic connector.

If resistance is OL, go to Step V.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Measurement
Pins

Measurement

A to Ground
B to Ground
F to Ground
G to Ground

Purpose: Verify continuity of the J1587 negative

() wire from the TECU to the vehicle diagnostic
connector.

1. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-Way Connector Pin 11 and either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin B or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin G.
If resistance is 00.3 ohms, go to Step E.
If resistance is outside of range, repair Vehicle
Harness and go to Step V.

Pins

Measurement

11 to B
11 to G

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

295

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.
2. Connect to ServiceRanger.
If ServiceRanger functions correctly, test complete.
If ServiceRanger does not function correctly
go to Step A. find error in testing.

296

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

297

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Front Box Control Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a dash is displayed on the gear display, and there are no active or Inactive codes.

Detection
Turn the key on and watch the Gear Display. If the Gear Display shows - constantly, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) was not able to confirm front box control.
Any time the service light is flashing, go to Diagnostics Procedure.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback while moving, and it
causes a failure during system initialization. A dash will
appear on the Gear Display.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

298

Low power to gear select motor

Electric shifter

Gear Select Sensor

Yoke / clutch / main shaft

Shift Bar housing

Dragging clutch

Torque locked in gear

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

2014.07.30

Base Transmission

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

299

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Front Box Control Test

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display after

power-up.

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when

placing the transmission into Drive.

1. Key on.

1. Key on.

2. Depress clutch pedal (if equipped) half way to the

floor.

2. Place Shift Device in neutral.

3. Place Shift Device in neutral.

4. Observe Gear Display.

3. Depress clutch pedal (if equipped) half way to the

floor. If it is a two pedal design apply the service
brake.
4. Select Drive

If Gear Display shows N, go to Step B.

5. Observe Gear Display.

If service light is flashing, see Diagnostic Procedures on page 3.

If Gear Display shows: - or a flashing gear
with no arrows, go to Step C.

If Gear Display shows a solid gear, test complete.

If service light is flashing, See Diagnostic
Procedures on page 3.
If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, go to Step C.

300

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

F
D

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step G.
If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step E.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

301

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Remove Electric Shifter from the Shift

Bar Housing and inspect the mechanical transmission.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

2. Remove Electric Shifter from Shift Bar housing.

3. Inspect the Shift Bar housing:
- Shift Blocks
- Shift Rails
- Inspect Electric Shifter for evidence of lube contamination.

3. Place Shift Control into neutral.

4. Key on.

Note: See if the Shift Bar housing can engage two

gears at the same time to verify interlock
operation.

If Gear Display displays a solid N, test complete.

If Gear Display does not display a solid N, find
error in testing, return to go to Step A.

If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter

go to Step V.
If problem found, repair as required go to Step
V.

302

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

303

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission
does not engage a gear, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Detection
If the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is unable
to provide a fault code, the driver may observe this failure
as the transmission not initiating or completing a shift. The
driver may observe this failure as the transmission neutralizes.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

304

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Transmission

Clutch Brake/Clutch

Transmission Harness

TECU

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Component Identification
Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
Shift Bar Housing
Main Shaft

D1
D2

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

305

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and

in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

306

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2014.07.30

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, Repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

307

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when

placing the transmission into Drive.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Depress clutch pedal.

2. Connect ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool.

3. Start engine.

3. Start engine. Release clutch pedal.

4. Release clutch pedal to verify input shaft speed.

4. View Input Shaft speed.

5. Depress clutch pedal.

If Input Shaft speed exists, contact your local

Eaton Representative or call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

6. Place Shift Lever in D.

7. Observe Gear Display.

If input shaft speed does not exist, go to Step

G.

If Gear Display shows a solid N and the warning tone sounds, go to Step F.
If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with
arrows, go to Step M.
If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, See Front Box Control Test on
page 298.
If Gear Display shows a solid gear but the vehicle will not move, contact your local Eaton
Representative or call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.
OHMS

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step H.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

308

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS

OHMS

A
29

37
13

14
35

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

COM

22

36

COM

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is OL,go to Step I.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
J.

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step K.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input

Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

If no problem found, go to Step L.
If problem found or you were sent here from
Step J or K, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

309

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the upper countershaft within the transmission.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.

3. Turn the Input Shaft and verify the Upper Countershaft is rotating.

OHMS
A

2. Verify the Upper Countershaft is turning.

COM

If Upper Countershaft is turning, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

GROUND

Go to Step V.
If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

If Upper Countershaft is not turning, contact

your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).

Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
I.

310

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Connect PC-based service tool.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Depress clutch pedal.

3. Key on.

4. View input shaft speed.

4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

If input shaft speed does not drop below 150

RPM, clutch is out of adjustment and/or Input
Shaft Brake (Clutch Brake) is malfunctioning.
Adjust clutch per manufacturers specifications. go to Step V.

If the transmission engages a gear, test complete.

If the transmission does not engage a gear go
to Step A. to find error in testing.

If input shaft speed drops below 150, test

complete and go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

311

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission
does not engage a gear, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Detection
If the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is unable
to provide a fault code, the driver may observe this failure
as the transmission not initiating or completing a shift. The
driver may observe this failure as the transmission neutralizes.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

312

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Transmission

Inertia Brake

Clutch/Clutch Brake

OEM Service Brake Switch Operation

TECU

Transmission Harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Component Identification

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

Shift Bar Housing
Main Shaft

D1
D2

A
B

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

H1
H2

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
Inertia brake

Warning: Do not load test at diagnostic port.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

313

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

D
B

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

314

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when

placing the transmission into Drive.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Connect PC-based Service Tool.

3. Apply service brake while selecting D.

3. Start engine. Increase RPM and hold above 1000

RPM.

4. Observe Gear Display.

Note: Using a ServiceRanger a PC-based Service
Tool, verify OEM service brake operation.

4. View Input Shaft speed.

If Input Shaft speed exists, contact your Eaton
Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).

If Gear Display shows a solid N and the warning tone sounds, go to Step F.

If Input Shaft speed does not exist, go to Step

G.

If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with

arrows, go to Step M.
If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, See Front Box Control Test on
page 298.
If Gear Display shows a solid gear but the vehicle will not move, contact your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.
If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step H.
If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

315

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.
If resistance is OL, go to Step I.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step

J.

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step K.

If resistance is outside of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input

Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

If no problem found, go to Step L.
If problem found, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.

and inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear

for damage. Go to Step V.

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Go to Step V.

316

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the upper countershaft within the transmission.

Purpose: Perform Inertia Brake Test using ServiceRanger.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Turn the Input Shaft and verify the upper countershaft is rotating.

2. Make sure the PTO is off.

If upper countershaft is turning, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Connect ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool

and select Advanced Product Functions.
4. Start engine.
5. Select Inertia Brake Test.
6. Run test and follow instructions.

Go to Step V.

Test passes, replace clutch and go to Step V.

If upper countershaft is not turning, contact

your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826- HELP (4357) for a repair strategy.

Test fails, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.
Test aborts, correct displayed test failure condition and retest.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Connect PC-based service tool.

2. Start engine

Purpose: Verify repair.

3. View input shaft speed.

If input shaft speed stays above 150 RPM,
clutch is dragging, go to Step N.
If input shaft speed drops below 150 RPM,
test complete and go to Step V.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
If the transmission engages a gear, test complete.
If the transmission does not engage a gear go
to Step A. to find error in testing.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

317

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a clutch engagement complaint exists, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for clutch engagement complaint;
however, it may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

318

Low fluid level

Inertia Brake

Clutch calibration

Transmission

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Component Identification

Inertia Brake
WetClutch Fluid

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

319

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Purpose: Inspect the transmission fluid level.

Purpose: Bring engine up to operating temperature

and test the clutch engagement operation.

1. Place transmission in neutral.

1. Key on.

2. Allow engine to idle at 600 to 700 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes. Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60 to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees
C)

2. Engine running, allow engine to reach operating

temperature.

4. Start vehicle.

3. Check transmission fluid level.

If fluid level is at COLD-FULL mark, go to Step
B.
If fluid level is below the COLD-ADD mark, correct fluid level, check for leaks. Drive Vehicle, if
clutch engagement complaint exists, repeat
this step.

3. Key off.

5. Allow vehicle to idle in neutral for a minimum of 2

minutes.
6. Drive vehicle.
If clutch engagement complaint does not
change, go to Step D.
If clutch engagement complaint is corrected,
test complete.

Purpose: Visually inspect the torsional coupler.

1. Remove the flywheel inspection cover and inspect

the rubber coupler for damage or shear.
If no damage is observed, go to Step C.
If damage is observed, replace the Torsional
Coupler. go to Step V.

320

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Purpose: Disconnect the Inertia Brake from the

Transmission Harness and test the clutch engagement operation.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key Off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect Transmission Harness to Inertia Brake.

2. Disconnect Transmission Harness from the Inertia

Brake.

3. Key on.

3. Key on.

4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

4. Drive vehicle (Flashing Service Light will exist).

If clutch engagement complaint does not
change, Contact your Eaton Representative or
call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
If clutch engagement complaint is corrected,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake

If shift complaint has not been repaired, contact your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).
If the shift complaint has been repaired, test
complete.

Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

321

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for a shift complaint; however, it
may affect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

322

Electric Shifter

Range system

Splitter system

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Transmission Harness

Shift Bar housing

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Input Shaft
Speed Sensor

Range System

Splitter System

Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

323

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.
Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

+
4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

324

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Connect PC-based service tool and monitor Input

Shaft speed with Clutch Pedal released.
If input shaft speed matches engine RPM, go
to Step K.
If Input shaft speed reads 0, go to Step F.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

325

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

OHMS

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38

COM

22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38

If resistance is OL, go to Step H.

22

21
36

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step

I.

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step G.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input

Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

If no problem found, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
If problem found or you were sent here from
Step H or I, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

326

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

OHMS
A

COM

COM

GROUND

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step J.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step H.

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
H.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

327

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated

port.
If air pressure is between 55 to 65 PSI, go to
Step O.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step

N.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator

supply port.

Regulated test port

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter/regulator and
check airflow.

If air pressure cuts off between 90 to 120 PSI,

go to Step L.

If air flows from the supply line, repair Air Filter Regulator. Go to Step K.

If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat test.

If air does not flow from the supply line, repair

vehicle air supply to the regulator. Go to Step
K.

Purpose: Confirm vehicle maintains air supply

pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step M.
If vehicle loses air pressure, repair vehicle air
system as required. Repeat test.

328

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Install both 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the

range cover diagnostic ports.

2. With the Shift Control, select the highest reverse

gear available by pressing the upshift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

3. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

4. Turn off engine, but leave key on.

5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the air

pressure after shifting the transmission to
neutral.
HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

If high range gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI

and if low range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step Q.
If both air pressure gauges do not read as
listed above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step
V.

If low range gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI and

If high range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step P.
If both air pressure gauges do not read as
listed above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step
P.

Purpose: Identify if the transmission is equipped

with a splitter system.

1. Is the transmission equipped with a splitter system? (i.e. 18-Speed)

If the transmission is equipped with a splitter
system, go to Step R.
If the transmission is not equipped with a splitter system, go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

329

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear

display 13/18-speed).

3. Turn off engine, but leave key on.

4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after moving the Shift Lever to neutral.

Note: If R2 isnt displayed the up arrow button

needs to be pressed.
HIGH split
0-100 PSI gauge
LOW split
0-100 PSI gauge

LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

If low splitter gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI

and if high splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step
V.

If high splitter gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI

and if low splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step S.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

If air pressure gauges do not read as shown

above, replace Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

330

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all pressure gauges.
3. Reconnect all connectors.
4. Key on.
5. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.
If the transmission still has a shifting complaint, find error in testing. Go to Step A.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

331

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for shift complaint; however, it
may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

332

Inertia Brake

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Transmission Electric Control Unit (TECU)

Transmission Harness

Range System

Splitter System

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Input Shaft
Speed Sensor

Range System

Splitter System

Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

Warning: Do not load test at the Diagnostic Port.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

333

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and

in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

+
4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace

batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

334

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step D.

If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

If voltage is outside of range, repair battery

power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Engine Speed and Input Shaft

Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Compare engine RPM to Input Shaft RPM with ServiceRanger.

Note: Engine RPM must remain above 1000 RPM
during the following test.
If Input Shaft speed matches engine RPM, go
to Step K.
If Input shaft speed reads 0, go to Step F.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

335

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input

Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

If no problem found, replace TECU and go to

Step V.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

If problem found or you were sent here from

Step I or Step J, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission

Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.
OHMS

Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for

damage. Go to Step V.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step G.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

OHMS
A

COM

If resistance is OL, go to Step H.

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
I.

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step J.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step H.

336

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

COM

2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

GROUND
0-100 PSI

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
H.

Regulated test port

If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to
Step L.
If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat test.

Purpose: Confirm vehicle maintains air supply

pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step M.
If vehicle loses air pressure, repair vehicle air
system as required. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

337

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

TRTS0930

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated

port.

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

1. Key off.

If air pressure is 55 to 65 PSI, go to Step O.

2. Install both 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the

range cover diagnostic ports.

If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step

N.

3. Start vehicle. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

4. Turn off engine, but leave key on.
5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator

supply port.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter/regulator and

check airflow.

Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the air

pressure after shifting the transmission to
neutral.
HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

If air flows from the supply line, repair the Air

Filter Regulator.
If air does not flow from the supply line, repair
vehicle air supply to the regulator and go to
Step J.

If low range gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and high

range gauge reads 0 PSI, go to Step C.
If neither gauge reads as listed above, replace
the Range Valve. Go to Step V.

338

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. With the Shift Control, select the highest reverse

gear available by pressing the upshift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

3. Turn off engine, but leave key on.

4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral.
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after moving the Shift Lever to neutral.
LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

If high range gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and low

range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step Q.
If neither gauge reads as listed above, replace
the Range Valve. Go to Step V.
If high splitter gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and
low splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step S.
If air pressure gauges do not read as shown
above, replace Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Identify if the transmission is equipped

with a splitter system.

1. Is the transmission equipped with a splitter system? (i.e. 13-Speed)

If the transmission is equipped with a splitter
system, go to Step R.
If the transmission is not equipped with a splitter system, go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

339

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear

display 13/18-speed).

2. Remove all pressure gauges.

Note: If R2 isnt displayed the up arrow button

needs to be pressed.

3. Reconnect all connectors.

4. Key on.
5. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

HIGH split
0-100 PSI gauge
LOW split
0-100 PSI gauge

If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.

If the transmission still has a shifting complaint go to Step A. to find error in testing.

If low splitter gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and if

high splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step V.
If neither gauge reads as shown above, replace
the Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

340

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

341

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for shift complaint; however, it
may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

342

Low Fluid Level

Inertia Brake

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Transmission Harness

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

Inertia Brake

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

343

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Inspect the transmission fluid level.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect

the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

1. Place transmission in neutral.

2. Allow engine to idle at 600 to 700 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes. Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60 to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees
C)

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.

3. Check transmission fluid level.

If fluid level is at cold-full mark, go to Step B.

VOLTS

If fluid level is below the cold-add mark, correct fluid level, check for leaks and go to Step
V.
V

COM

If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system

or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step C.
If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

344

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the

batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Key on.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery

negative post.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

If voltage between Pin C and battery negative

post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2014.07.30

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step E.
If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

345

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the

transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Perform Inertia Brake Test using ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Connect ServiceRanger, select Advanced Product

Function.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

3. Start engine, PTO must be disengaged.

4. Select Inertia Brake test.

5. Run test and follow instructions.

Test passes, go to Step G.
Test fails, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Go to Step V.
Test aborts, correct displayed test failure condition and retest.

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

go to Step F.
If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Engine Speed and Input Shaft

Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Drive vehicle and monitor engine RPM and input

shaft RPM with ServiceRanger
If engine RPM and input shaft rpm match
during the test drive, test complete.
If input shaft RPM is erratic or reads zero, go
to Step H.

346

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

37
13

14
35

29

30

OHMS

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38

COM

22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

COM

38
21

If resistance is OL, go to Step J.

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step

K.
If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step I.
If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input

Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

If no problem found, replace TECU go to Step
V.
If problem found or you were sent here from
Step J or K, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

347

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft

Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the

Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit

for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed

Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

OHMS
A

COM

COM

GROUND

If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step L.

If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

If resistance is OL, replace the:

- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
J.

348

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.
If the transmission still has a shifting complaint go to Step A. to find error in testing.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

349

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Shift Lever Back Light Test

Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the Shift Lever or
Shift Control back lighting is not functioning.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

350

OEM Wiring

Shift Control

Shift Lever

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Component Identification

Push Button Shift Control

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

25
31
15
16
17
23

C1

B3

Back side Dimmer control input

of gauges
Dash lights

Shift Control ECU Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(4-31, C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(1-15, 8-16, 2-17, F2, F1) = Communication from and to the ECU15.8.2
(3-25, 5, J3, B3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(6-23) = Signal from ECU

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

351

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Visually identify the Driver Interface Device.

1. Verify Shift Lever.

Purpose: Measure the dimmer switch voltage supply to the Shift Control.

1. Key off.

If vehicle is equipped with an OEM Shift Lever,

refer to OEM for repair strategy.
If vehicle is equipped with a Push Button Shift
Control, go to Step B.
If vehicle is equipped with Cobra Lever, go to
Step C.

2. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

3. Key on.
4. Turn dimmer switch to max.
5. Measure voltage between Pin B3 and Pin J3.
VOLTS

COM

K
J
H
G
F

E
D
C
B
A

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.
If voltage is outside of range, repair OEM wire
between Pin B3 and the dash lights and go to
Step V.

352

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Inspect Cobra Lever lights with dimmer

switched turned to the max position.

Purpose: Measure the dimmer switch voltage supply to the Cobra Lever.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Turn vehicle lights on.

2. Disconnect Cobra Lever 8-way connector.

3. Turn dimmer switch to max.

3. Key on.

Cobra Lever lights on, but do not dim when

vehicle lights are on, go to Step D.
Cobra Lever lights do not come on, go to Step
E.

4. Turn dimmer switch to max.

5. Measure voltage between Pin 5 and Pin 3 on the
8-way Vehicle Harness.
VOLTS

COM

If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage,

replace Cobra Lever and go to Step V.
If voltage is outside of range, repair OEM wire
between Pin 5 and dash lights and go to Step
V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

353

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the ignition voltage supply to

the Cobra Lever.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of the power supply

from the TECU to the Cobra Lever and test for a
short to ground.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Cobra Lever 8-way connector.

2. Disconnect Negative battery cable.

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 4 on the
8-way Vehicle Harness connector.
VOLTS

COM

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

4. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
Vehicle Harness 8-way connector Pin 4.
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
ground.
OHMS

2
3

7
6

COM

Front View
38-Way Connector

37
13

14
35

31

29

30

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

34

7
1

38
22

21
36

OHMS

COM

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

7
1

38
21

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,

replace Cobra Lever. Go to Step V.
If resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 4 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and the resistance between Pin 31
and ground is OL, go to Step G.

If voltage is out of range, go to Step F.

If any of the above conditions are not met,

replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

354

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of the ground supply

from the TECU to the Cobra Lever and test for a
short to ground.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness

38-way connector Pin 25 and Vehicle Harness
8-way connector Pin 3 Vehicle Harness 38-way
connector Pin 25 and ground.

3. Key on.
4. Turn on the dash lights fully.
If back light works correctly, test complete.

OHMS

2
3

7
6

COM

Front View
38-Way Connector

37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

31

If back lights do not work correctly, go to Step

A. to find error in testing.

38
21

22
36

OHMS

COM

37
13

14
35

29

30

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

7
1

38
21

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

If resistance between Pin 25 and Pin 3 is 0 to

0.3 ohms and the resistance between Pin 25
and ground is OL, see Electrical Pretest on
page 12. If test passes, replace the
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
go to Step V.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

355

Connector Pin Descriptions | Appendix

TRTS0930

Connector Pin Descriptions

Transmission Controller 38-Way (Vehicle Interface Connector)
38-Way

Description

Wire

38-Way

Description

Wire

J1939 Shield (CAN)

18 TXL

20

MEIIR Contact

18 TXL

J1939 Low (CAN)

18 TXL

21

MEIIR Minus

18 TXL

J1939 High (CAN)

18 TXL

22

MEIIR Plus

18 TXL

Start Enable Relay Minus

18 TXL

23

Service Light Output

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

24

Not Used

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

25

Shift Control Power Minus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

26

Start Enable Latch

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

27

HIL Low (Proprietary CAN)

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

28

HIL High (Proprietary CAN)

18 TXL

10

J1587 Plus

18 TXL

29

Not Used

Plug

11

J1587 Minus

18 TXL

30

Not Used

Plug

12

ISO9141-K Communications

18 TXL

31

Shift Control Power Plus

18 TXL

13

Not Used

Plug

32

Start Enable Relay Plus

18 TXL

14

Not Used

Plug

33

Not Used

Plug

15

Shift Control Input (Mode

Auto)

18 TXL

34

Not Used

Plug

16

Shift Control Input (Mode

Manual/Neutral Signal)

18 TXL

35

Ignition

12 GXL
or
14SXL

17

Shift Control Input (Mode

Common/Neutral Return)

18 TXL

36

Battery Minus

12 GXL

18

PTO

18 TXL

37

Not Used

Plug

19

Auto Neutral AW3

18 TXL

38

Battery Plus

12 GXL

356

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Connector Pin Descriptions

Push Button Shift Control 30-Way

Connector

Cobra Lever 8-Way Connector

8-Way

Description

Wire

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

16 TXL

30-Way

Description

Wire

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

16 TXL

C1

Shift Control Power Plus

16 TXL

Shift Control Power Minus

16 TXL

B3

V Dash

16 TXL

Shift Control Lever Power Plus

16 TXL

F1

HIL(+) HI

16 TXL

Dash Lights

16 TXL

F2

HIL(-) LO

16 TXL

Service Light Output

16 TXL

No Connection

16 TXL

J3

Shift Control Power Minus

16 TXL

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

16 TXL

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

357

Connector Pin Descriptions | Appendix

TRTS0930

Transmission Controller 38-Way (Eaton Supplied Assembly)

38-Way

Description

Wire

38-Way

Description

Wire

Not Used

Plug

20

Rail Position Sensor Minus

18 TXL

Clutch Lube Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

21

Not Used

Plug

Clutch Lube Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

22

Not Used

Plug

Splitter Solenoid Common

Minus

18 TXL

23

Output Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

Inertia Brake Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

24

Output Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

Range Solenoid Common Minus

18 TXL

25

Service Ignition

18 TXL

Input Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

26

Splitter Indirect Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Input Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

27

Not Used

Plug

Not Used

Plug

28

Range High Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

10

Gear Position Sensor Plus

18 TXL

29

Not Used

18 TXL

11

Gear Position Sensor Signal

18 TXL

30

Not Used

18 TXL

12

Gear Position Sensor Minus

18 TXL

31

Service Battery Minus

18 TXL

13

Clutch Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

32

Splitter Direct Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

14

Clutch Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

33

Inertia Brake Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

15

Main Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

34

Range Low Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

16

Main Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

35

Rail Motor Plus

14SXL

17

Service Battery Plus

18 TXL

36

Gear Motor Plus

14SXL

18

Rail Position Sensor Plus

18 TXL

37

Rail Motor Minus

14SXL

19

Rail Position Sensor Signal

18 TXL

38

Gear Motor Minus

14SXL

358

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram
with Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

For Transmission
Diagnostics

18
19
20
10
11
12

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

Output shaft
speed sensor
B
C
A

4-way

17
31
25

33
5

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Inertia brake

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

359

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

TRTS0930

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

Terminating
resistor

GND

360

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram

with Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

For Transmission
Diagnostics

18
19
20
10
11
12

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

Vehcile Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Output shaft
speed sensor
B
C
A

4-way

17
31
25

33
5

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

Inertia brake

Gear select
motor

36
38

35
37

Rail select
motor

2014.07.30

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

361

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

B3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

362

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram

with Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

33
5

B
C
A

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

Inertia brake

17
31
25

2
3
13
14

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

Hydraulic manifold
Assembly
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

363

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

TRTS0930

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

or

10 AMP
fuse

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU

GND

364

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram

with Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend

33
5

B
C
A

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

17
31
25

Inertia brake

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

2
3
13
14

Hydraulic manifold
Assembly
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

365

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges

B3

J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

366

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

Gear select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Rail select
sensor

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

367

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

or

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU

GND

368

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

23
24

Gear select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Rail select
sensor

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

Range
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

369

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges

B3

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

370

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

A
B

Terminating
resistor

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend

6
34
28

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35)= +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

371

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

TRTS0930

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

Terminating
resistor

GND

372

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

A
B

Terminating
resistor

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend

6
34
28

B
C
A

4-way

C
B
A

Range
valve

17
31
25

33
5

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

373

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

B3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

374

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Vehicle Interface Legend

A
6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

4-way

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

17
31
25

33
5

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Inertia brake

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

375

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

TRTS0930

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or
Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a)= +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

376

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

C
B
A

Range
valve

4
32
26

B
C
A

4-way

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

C
B
A

Splitter
valve

17
31
25

33
5

Terminating
resistor

Vehicle Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

377

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

B3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

or

Ignition Key Switch

Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

J
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine Power Relay

Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

378

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

6
34
28

Main shaft
speed sensor

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

Vehicle Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

379

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting
circuit breaker

or

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

Ignition Key Switch

+12 volts
Runs to main power lead that
Battery
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line) J-1587 data link

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
Terminating
resistor

GND

380

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with

Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Vehicle Interface Legend

A
6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2014.07.30

Electric
shifter

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

381

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

C1

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges

B3

J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only

manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

J-1939 Low
Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
+12 volts
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
Battery
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line) J-1587 data link

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle InterfaceLegend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU

J-1939/11 data link

(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

382

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Eaton Cobra Lever Wiring Diagram

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

C2

6 5 7
6 5 7

Transmission ECU Connector

(Vehicle Interface)
J1

Dimmer control input

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

25
31
15
16
17
23

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Trans Control ECU Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.

(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2) = Communication from and to the TECU
Front View
(25-3, 5) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
Transmission ECU Connector
(23-6) = Signal from TECU

37
14

13
35

2014.07.30

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

FROM

TO

Description

J1-15

C2-1

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

J1-17

C2-2

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

J1-25

C2-3

Shift Control Power Minus

J1-31

C2-4

Shift Control Power Plus

C2-5

Dash Lights

J1-23

C2-6

Service Light Output

J1-16

C2-8

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

C2-7

No Connection

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

38
21

22
36

383

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

OEM Shift Lever Wiring Diagram

OEM Shift Lever

Transmission ECU Connector

(Vehicle Interface)

J1
15
16
17
23

Service Lamp
Connector

Vehicle Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(15-B, 16-A, 17-C) = Communication to and from the TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

37
14

13
35

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

22
36

FROM

TO

Description

J1-15

F2-B

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

J1-16

F2-A

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

J1-17

F2-C

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

J1-23

F3-A

Service Lamp Output

F3-B

384

29

Ground

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Eaton Push Button Wiring Diagram

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control

30-way connector
C2

Transmission ECU Connector

(Vehicle Interface)

F2 F1 J3 C1 B3

Dimmer control input

J1
27
28
25
31

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)
37
13

14
35

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

Front View
Shift Control (30-Way Connector)
38
22

21
36

K1

J1

H1

G1

F1

E1

D1

C1

B1

A1

K2

J2

H2

G2

F2

E2

D2

C2

B2

A2

K3

J3

H3

G3

F3

E3

D3

C3

B3

A3

Vehicle Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(27-F2, 28-F1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring

FROM

TO

Description

J1-27

C2-F2

HIL(-) LO

J1-28

C2-F1

HIL(+) HI

J1-25

C2-J3

Shift Control Power Minus

J1-31

C2-C1

Shift Control Power Plus

C2-B3

2014.07.30

Dimmer Control Input

FROM

TO

Description

J1-D1

C2-1

RNDHL

J1-D3

C2-2

COMMON

---------

C2-3

GROUND

J1-J2

C2-4

SPLICE into TRANS BATT 1

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

385

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

TRTS0930

FROM

TO

Description

J1-B3

C2-5

DIMMER CONTROL

J1-H2

C2-6

SERVICE LAMP

J1-D2

C2-8

MANUAL MODE

FROM

TO

Description

J1-27

C2-F2

EPL- LO

J1-28

C2-F1

EPL+ HI

J1-25

C2-J3

Ground 1

J1-31

C2-C1

Ignition

C2-B3

386

Dimmer Control Input

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

OEM J1939 Shift Input Device Wiring

Diagram

OEM J1939 Shift Device

Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

J1

16
17

J1939
Battery Power (Non-switched power
run to Battery or Starter)

Ground

Switched Power
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

37
14

13
35

2014.07.30

29

30

31

32

33

34

23

24

25

26

27

28

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

11

12

38
21

22
36

FROM

TO

Description

J1-16

Connector C2

Shift Control Input (Neutral Request Signal)

J1-17

Connector C2

Shift Control Input (Neutral Request Return)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Minus (Ground)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Plus (Ignition)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Plus (Battery)

Connector C2

OEM

J1939 High

OEM

Connector C2

J1939 Low

OEM

Connector C2

J1939 Shield

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

387

Proper Clutch Operation | Appendix

TRTS0930

Proper Clutch Operation

When performing the test for proper clutch operation, the
vehicle should be in the same condition as when the problem occurred. For instance, if the problem only occurs
when the vehicle is hot, drive the vehicle to warm it up
before conducting the test.
When the operator depresses the clutch pedal and shifts
from neutral to drive or reverse, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) waits for the transmission input
shaft speed to decrease to less than 150 RPM before shifting the transmission into gear. If the clutch is not disengaging completely or the clutch brake is not functioning
properly, the input shift will not slow down and the transmission will not shift into gear.

9. Inspect clutch brake for excessive friction material

wear or internal damage. Replace as necessary.
Note: The clutch brake may have to be removed to inspect
properly.
10. If clutch adjustment is correct and clutch brake
appears satisfactory, the problem may be a defective clutch. The clutch may require repair or
replacement. Refer to the clutch manufacturers
service information to verify a dragging clutch.
Without ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool
1. Place transmission in neutral.
2. Start engine.

Check For Proper Clutch Operation

3. Let up on the clutch pedal (clutch engaged).

Note: Please refer to publication CLSM0200 for installation,

adjustment and general service guidelines for the
ECA clutch.

4. Depress clutch pedal fully to activate clutch brake

and hold for 2 seconds.

With PC-Base Service Tool

6. If starting gear display shows a solid gear

(engaged), the procedure is complete. If the gear
display shows a flashing gear (not yet engaged)
continue on to number 7.

1. Connect ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool.

2. Make sure the transmission is in neutral
3. Start engine.
4. Set ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool to
monitor input shaft speed.
5. With Clutch pedal up (clutch engaged), compare
input shaft speed and engine speed (RPM). They
should be the same.
Note: If engine speed and input shaft speeds are not the
same, then perform input shaft speed sensor test and
confirm proper clutch adjustment.

5. Place transmission in starting gear.

7. If flashing gear is displayed, slowly release the

clutch pedal.
8. If flashing gear does not become solid or gear does
not engage, check clutch brake for proper function
and check clutch adjustment.
9. If gear does not engage and clutch is adjusted
properly, troubleshoot for a dragging clutch
according to clutch manufacturer.

6. Check clutch for slippage, and repair or replace as

needed.
7. Depress clutch pedal to active clutch brake. Within
2 seconds, input shaft speed should be less than
25 RPM (0 RPM is desired). If input shaft does not
stop turning, the clutch is not disengaging completely or the clutch brake is not functioning properly.
8. Check for proper clutch adjustment, adjust as necessary.

388

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | Proper Clutch Operation

Confirm Proper Clutch Adjustment and

Clutch Brake Contact
Confirm Release Bearing Travel Gap
Use a 1/2 gauge to verify the release bearing travel gap.
This gap (distance between the rear of the release bearing
and the clutch brake) must be between 1/2 and 9/16.

If the 0.010 feeler gauge is not adequately squeezed to

prevent removal, or can be removed with the pedal less
than 1/2 or greater than 1, check and adjust the clutch
pedal height and travel per the chassis manufacturers
instructions. In addition, check the external clutch linkage
for excessive wear or obstruction preventing complete
travel.

If this dimension is incorrect, adjust the clutch per the

clutch manufacturers instructions.

Release
yoke

Confirm the Free-Play gap*

*For mechanical clutch release systems with free-play.
Use a 1/8 gauge to verify proper free-play gap on Easy
Pedal.

Clutch
brake

If this dimension is incorrect, adjust the clutch per the

clutch manufacturers instructions.

Confirm Proper Clutch Brake Contact

Insert a 0.010 feeler gauge between the release bearing
and the clutch brake have an assistant fully depress the
clutch pedal. The 0.010 feeler gauge should be squeezed
between the rear of the release bearing and the clutch
brake. Have the assistant slowly let up the clutch pedal. The
0.010 feeler gauge should slide out when the clutch pedal
is 1/2 to 1 above the cab floor or lower pedal stop.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

1/8"

389

Proper Clutch Operation | Appendix

TRTS0930

Clutch Grease Interval Service Procedure

Grease Interval Count Reset

Clutch Greasing Guidelines

The Heavy-Duty UltraShift PLUS has an optional prognostic

feature that notifies the operator when the Clutch Release
Bearing needs greasing. This feature can be enabled or disabled via ServiceRanger.

It is highly important to follow proper clutch lube intervals

as specified in Lubrication Manual, TCMT0021. Failure to
do so may result in clutch failure and unnecessary repairs.
The heavy-duty ECA clutch housing has two grease fittings
on the lower right side. The upper port is marked CS for the
upper cross-shaft assembly, while the lower port is marked
RB for the release bearing.

At the appropriate grease interval and shortly after each

engine start, GI will momentarily appear in the gear display,
along with an audible tone. This will continue to occur at
each engine start until clutch service has been completed.
Note: GI stands for grease interval and may be misread as
G1 on gear display.
The operator can choose to follow this Automated Lube
Schedule or the published lube guidelines in the Lubrication
Manual TCMT0021. When enabled, it is highly important to
reset the Grease Interval Count every time the release bearing is greased.
The Grease Interval Count can be reset via ServiceRanger
or Operator Triggered Special Function.

For more detailed cross-shaft greasing information refer to

the Release Yoke and Cross-shaft(s) Installation section
of this manual. Refer to Clutch Service Manual, CLSM0200,
for release bearing greasing information.

390

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

Appendix | ServiceRanger Procedure

ServiceRanger Procedure

Operator-Triggered Procedure

Gray Adapters
Gray adapter are to only be used for the following connectors:

Adapter Test Kit J43318

Note: Use extreme caution when inserting adapters into the
connectors to avoid spreading or distorting of the terminals.

2014.07.30

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

Shift Control 30-way connector

Speed Sensors

Position Sensors

Range Solenoid Valve

Splitter Solenoid Valve

391

ServiceRanger Procedure | Appendix

392

TRTS0930

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Appendix | ServiceRanger Procedure

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

393

ServiceRanger Procedure | Appendix

TRTS0930

Green and Brown Adapters

Adapter Pins

Green and brown adapters are to only be used for the following connectors:

Use the male adapter to test the harness pins.

Vehicle interface 38-way connector

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

38-way connector

Harness

Male adapters

Purple Adapters
Purple adapter are to only be used for the following connectors:

Motors

Main Power

Inertia Brake
Use the female adapter to test the component pins.

Female adapters

Component

394

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

2014.07.30

TRTS0930

2014.07.30

Appendix | ServiceRanger Procedure

2014 Eaton. All rights reserved

395

Copyright Eaton 2014.

Eaton hereby grant their customers,
vendors, or distributors permission to
freely copy, reproduce and/or distribute
this document in printed format. It may
be copied only in its entirety without any
changes or modifications. THIS INFORMATION IS NOT INTENDED FOR SALE
OR RESALE, AND THIS NOTICE MUST
REMAIN ON ALL COPIES.
Note: Features and specifications listed
in this document are subject to change
without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the software and
products with all options installed.
Although every attempt has been made
to ensure the accuracy of information
contained within, Eaton makes no representation about the completeness, correctness or accuracy and assumes no
responsibility for any errors or omissions. Features and functionality may
vary depending on selected options.
For specing or service assistance,
call 1-800-826-HELP (4357) or visit
www.eaton.com/roadranger.
In Mexico, call 001-800-826-4357.
Roadranger: Eaton and trusted partners
providing the best products and services in the industry, ensuring more
time on the road.
Eaton
Vehicle Group
P.O. Box 4013
Kalamazoo, MI 49003 USA
800-826-HELP (4357)
www.eaton.com/roadranger
Printed in USA

Eaton
1111 Superior Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44114